Commit graph

6368 commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Jouni Malinen
42b847ac1e FILS: Fix hashed realm name derivation
P802.11ai/D7.0 changed from CRC32 to SHA256 as the hash algorithm for
the FILS realm name. Update the implementation to match that change.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-17 22:07:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
29062f2932 Update various definitions based on IEEE Std 802.11-2016
This updates definitions for Status Codes, Reason Codes,
Information Element IDs, Action frame categories, Public Action
codes, Protected Dual of Public Action codes, Advertisement
Protocol ID, and ANQP info IDs based on IEEE Std 802.11-2016.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-17 12:27:49 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
0babae87ad Fix wpa_supplicant build error with IEEE8021X_EAPOL unset
Add missing inline stubs for newly added functions.

Fixes: 3459381dd2 ("External persistent storage for PMKSA cache entries")
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2016-12-14 16:37:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
19810d29bc Make Beacon IEs available in wpa_supplicant BSS command
This makes both the Probe Response and Beacon frame IEs available to
upper layers if scan results include both IE sets. When the BSS command
mask includes WPA_BSS_MASK_BEACON_IE, a new beacon_ie=<hexdump> entry
will be included in output if the BSS entry has two separate sets of IEs
(ie=<hexdump> showing the Probe Response frame contents and
beacon_ie=<hexdump> the Beacon rame contents).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-13 20:07:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cebda0e3e5 Make debug print clearer for AP/mesh mode secondary channel issues
If the secondary channel was not found at all, no debug print was shown
to indicate that the channel was rejected due to that problem. Print a
clearer message indicating which channel was behind the reason to reject
channel configuration as unsuitable for AP mode.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-13 15:09:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3459381dd2 External persistent storage for PMKSA cache entries
This adds new wpa_supplicant control interface commands PMKSA_GET and
PMKSA_ADD that can be used to store PMKSA cache entries in an external
persistent storage when terminating a wpa_supplicant process and then
restore those entries when starting a new process. The previously added
PMKSA-CACHE-ADDED/REMOVED events can be used to help in synchronizing
the external storage with the memory-only volatile storage within
wpa_supplicant.

"PMKSA_GET <network_id>" fetches all stored PMKSA cache entries bound to
a specific network profile. The network_id of the current profile is
available with the STATUS command (id=<network_id). In addition, the
network_id is included in the PMKSA-CACHE-ADDED/REMOVED events. The
output of the PMKSA_GET command uses the following format:

<BSSID> <PMKID> <PMK> <reauth_time in seconds> <expiration in seconds>
<akmp> <opportunistic>

For example:

02:00:00:00:03:00 113b8b5dc8eda16594e8274df4caa3d4 355e98681d09e0b69d3a342f96998aa765d10c4459ac592459b5efc6b563eff6 30240 43200 1 0
02:00:00:00:04:00 bbdac8607aaaac28e16aacc9152ffe23 e3dd6adc390e685985e5f40e6fe72df846a0acadc59ba15c208d9cb41732a663 30240 43200 1 0

The PMKSA_GET command uses the following format:

<network_id> <BSSID> <PMKID> <PMK> <reauth_time in seconds> <expiration
in seconds> <akmp> <opportunistic>

(i.e., "PMKSA_ADD <network_id> " prefix followed by a line of PMKSA_GET
output data; however, the reauth_time and expiration values need to be
updated by decrementing them by number of seconds between the PMKSA_GET
and PMKSA_ADD commands)

For example:

PMKSA_ADD 0 02:00:00:00:03:00 113b8b5dc8eda16594e8274df4caa3d4 355e98681d09e0b69d3a342f96998aa765d10c4459ac592459b5efc6b563eff6 30140 43100 1 0
PMKSA_ADD 0 02:00:00:00:04:00 bbdac8607aaaac28e16aacc9152ffe23 e3dd6adc390e685985e5f40e6fe72df846a0acadc59ba15c208d9cb41732a663 30140 43100 1 0

This functionality is disabled be default and can be enabled with
CONFIG_PMKSA_CACHE_EXTERNAL=y build configuration option. It should be
noted that this allows any process that has access to the wpa_supplicant
control interface to use PMKSA_ADD command to fetch keying material
(PMK), so this is for environments in which the control interface access
is restricted.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-12 23:47:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c579312736 Add PMKSA-CACHE-ADDED/REMOVED events to wpa_supplicant
These allow external program to monitor PMKSA cache updates in
preparation to enable external persistent storage of PMKSA cache.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-12 21:00:43 +02:00
Daisuke Niwa
655dc4a432 Send "TERMINATING" event from hostapd
hostapd didn't send "TERMINATING" event when stopped by
SIGTERM. Android handles this event to stop monitor thread.

This commit adds "TERMINATING" event same as with wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Tomoharu Hatano <tomoharu.hatano@sonymobile.com>
2016-12-12 20:32:28 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
62cd9d7926 nl80211: Specify the BSSID in the QCA vendor scan
This allows the vendor scan to be optimized when a response is needed
only from a single, known BSS.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-11 21:36:16 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
444930e5b6 Define an attribute to do a specific BSSID QCA vendor scan
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-11 21:36:13 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
cea761472a Add QCA vendor command definitions for IDs 61-73
This commit documents the QCA vendor commands 61-73 and the
corresponding definitions of the attributes. This set of commands were
previously reserved for QCA without documentation here.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-11 21:32:20 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
cb0cc6efa6 Define QCA Beacon miss threshold attributes for 2.4 and 5 GHz bands
These thresholds values indicate how many Beacon frames can be missed
before before disconnecting from the AP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-11 21:11:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c313c8a5d8 Fix QCA vendor command values for SAR power limits
Commit c79238b6a4 ('Define a QCA vendor
command to configure SAR Power limits') had a mismatch between the enum
qca_vendor_attr_sar_limits_selections documentations and actual values.
The BDF SAR profiles are 0-based, so rename the enum values and reorder
the values keep the actual values more convenient. While this changes
values over the interface, this is justifiable since the new command was
introduced only recently and it had not been released in any driver.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-11 21:08:25 +02:00
Mayank Haarit
0a6c9dc700 P2P: Send P2P-DEVICE-FOUND event on peer changing device name
This is to handle the case when peer changes device name and same needs
to be updated to upper layers by P2P-DEVICE-FOUND event. It is similar
to the case when a peer changes wfd_subelems and P2P-DEVICE-FOUND event
goes to upper layers.

Signed-off-by: Mayank Haarit <mayank.h@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Avichal Agarwal <avichal.a@samsung.com>
2016-12-11 12:45:08 +02:00
Mayank Haarit
9a431d4932 WFD: Clear wfd_subelems when P2P peer stops sending them
When a peer device stops sending wfd_subelems, wpa_supplicant should
remove dev->info.wfd_subelems from peer's properties. Previously,
wpa_supplicant left the previously learned dev->info.wfd_subelems in
place whenever the new message did not include wfd_subelems.

In addition to fixing the clearing of the old wfd_subelems, this
resolves another issue. As "wfd_changed" variable becomes true even when
peer stops sending wfd_subelems and dev->info.wfd_subelems has an old
value, a new P2P-DEVICE-FOUND event notification was sent again and
again to upper layers whenever a new discovery response was received
from the peer that previously advertised WFD subelements.

Signed-off-by: Mayank Haarit <mayank.h@samsung.com>
2016-12-11 12:45:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
71ac934530 Make update_idx available in BSS control interface command
This can be used to perform more accurate tests on BSS entry updates.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-10 17:03:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
49aa88bb5e P2P: Clear PEER_WAITING_RESPONSE on GO Negotiation success
Previously, this flag was cleared only in case of failed GO Negotiation.
That could leave the flag set for a peer and if a new group formation
was performed with the same peer before the entry expired, there was
increased risk of getting stuck in a state where neither peer replied to
a GO Negotiation Request frame if a GO Negotiation Response frame with
Status 1 was dropped.

The error sequence could happen in the go_neg_with_bss_connected test
case when timing was suitable to make the second GO negotiation drop a
pending TX Action frame if the GO Negotiation Response with Status 1 was
scheduled for transmission during a P2P scan and P2P_CONNECT was issued
before that scan got aborted.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-10 00:16:33 +02:00
Jeff Johnson
c79238b6a4 Define a QCA vendor command to configure SAR Power limits
There is a regulatory requirement for Specific Absorption Rate (SAR)
whereby the device transmit power is reduced when it is determined that
the device is in close proximity to the body. Implement a vendor command
interface to allow a userspace entity to dynamically control the SAR
power limits.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-08 18:56:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0f5eb69f85 Use eloop timeout for post-EAP-Failure wait before disconnection
Previously, os_sleep() was used to block the hostapd (or wpa_supplicant
AP/P2P GO mode) processing between sending out EAP-Failure and
disconnecting the STA. This is not ideal for couple of reasons: it
blocks all other parallel operations in the process and it leaves a
window during which the station might deauthenticate and the AP would
have no option for reacting to that before forcing out its own
Deauthentication frame which could go out after the STA has already
started new connection attempt.

Improve this design by scheduling an eloop timeout of 10 ms instead of
the os_sleep() call and perform the delayed operations from the eloop
callback function. This eloop timeout is cancelled if the STA
disconnects or initiates a new connection attempt before the 10 ms time
is reached. This gets rid of the confusing extra Deauthentication frame
in cases where the STA reacts to EAP-Failure by an immediate
deauthentication.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-08 18:56:02 +02:00
Ningyuan Wang
ed0a4ddc22 nl80211: Update drv->ssid on connect/associate event based on BSS data
On a connect nl80211 event, wpa_supplicant uses
wpa_driver_nl80211_get_ssid() to fetch the current associated SSID to
compare to existing configurations. However,
wpa_driver_nl80211_get_ssid() uses drv->ssid, which is a cached value.
It is set when we explicitly initial a connect request using
wpa_supplicant. If the association was initiated outside of
wpa_supplicant, we need another way to populate drv->ssid. This commit
sets drv->ssid based on cfg80211 BSS information on connect/associate
nl80211 events.

Signed-off-by: Ningyuan Wang <nywang@google.com>
2016-12-05 12:08:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9f346fadc8 nl80211: Fix scan_state update in no pending scan state
Commit adcd7c4b0b ('nl80211: Support
vendor scan together with normal scan') made the drv->scan_state updates
for NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS and NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED
conditional on drv->last_scan_cmd being NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN. This
missed the part about the possibility of last_scan_cmd == 0 and an
externally started cfg80211 scan is ending. This could leave
drv->scan_state into SCAN_STARTED state even after the scan was
completed. Consequently, hwsim test cases could get stuck in reset()
handler waiting for scan to terminate.

Fix this by updating drv->scan_state also in drv->last_scan_cmd == 0
case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-05 11:48:26 +02:00
Michael Braun
34f7c699a6 Add multicast to unicast support
This adds support for nl80211 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST
command.

By setting the new hostapd configuration option multicast_to_unicast=1,
hostapd configures this AP to perform multicast to unicast conversion.

When enabled, all multicast packets with ethertype ARP, IPv4, or IPv6
(possibly within an 802.1Q header) will be sent out to each station once
with the destination (multicast) MAC address replaced by the station's
MAC address. Note that this may break certain expectations of the
receiver, e.g., the ability to drop unicast IP packets encapsulated in
multicast L2 frames, or the ability to not send destination unreachable
messages in such cases.

This also does not implement Directed Multicast Service (DMS).

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-12-04 21:00:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5f2c0a22a9 Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2016-12-02.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-04 20:50:07 +02:00
Sam Tannous
08032c7418 Remove inactivity timeout for wired interfaces
We should unconditionally remove inactivity timers for wired network
cases. This commit checks for this after a new station association:

   hapd->iface->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_WIRED

and then cancels the timeout and does not register a new one.

It prints out a debug message like this:

1476740180.276286: IEEE 802.1X: 00:02:00:00:00:07 CTRL_DIR entering
state FORCE_BOTH
1476740180.276295: hostapd_new_assoc_sta: canceled wired ap_handle_timer
timeout for 00:02:00:00:00:07

This was tested on a debian jessie amd64 system with a configured 120
second inactivity timer and the session did not timeout.

Signed-off-by: Sam Tannous <stannous@cumulusnetworks.com>
2016-12-04 20:38:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a1fce3911f nl80211: Optimize memory use in nl80211_get_assoc_freq()
Do not use the generic bss_info_handler() design to fetch all scan
results into temporary memory buffer. Instead, use a separate BSS info
handler that fetches the requested information without fully parsing the
BSS entries and without allocating any memory for collecting all the
results.

This is also simplifying bss_info_handler() and nl80211_parse_bss_info()
design by getting rid of the special case that was used only for
nl80211_get_assoc_freq() and not normal scan result fetching.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-03 22:37:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
da2c284169 nl80211: Reduce nl80211_dump_scan() memory need
Instead of fetching all scan results to a temporary buffer, debug print
scan result dump directly from the message handler function one BSS at a
time.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-03 22:14:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b72a01bc5a nl80211: Split bss_info_handler() into a separate parser function
This allows a single scan result to be parsed at a time. This is a step
towards optimizing scan result fetching without having to allocate
memory for all entries at the same time.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-03 19:36:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cfadab269f nl80211: Move duplicate scan result removal to bss.c
The way the removal of duplicated (one per frequency) BSS entries in the
cfg80211 scan results were removed in driver_nl80211_scan.c
bss_info_handler() depended on having the full scan results available to
allow iteration through the other entries. This is problematic for the
goal of being able to optimize memory allocations for scan result
fetching in a manner that would not build the full result buffer in
memory.

Move this duplicate removal into bss.c since it has sufficient
information available for doing the same determination of which one of
two BSS entries is more current.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-03 19:26:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2a1cf26ecf nl80211: Add more debug details to duplicate scan entry removal
This makes it easier to understand which cfg80211 entry got removed as
obsolete duplicate.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-03 18:59:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
865081c307 privsep: Support frequency list for scan requests
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-03 18:27:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
da818ee5e9 privsep: Support multiple scan SSIDs
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-03 18:17:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
002b504d19 privsep: Coding style cleanup for struct definitions
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-03 18:06:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d3c43e5855 privsep: Fix scan result fetching with Beacon frame IEs
wpa_priv did not yet support Beacon frame IEs (res->beacon_ie_len) which
resulted in invalid scan data being accepted in driver_privsep.c. Add
support for res->beacon_ie_len and also fix the validation step to take
this new variable length field into account.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-03 18:02:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c8fef7869d nl80211: Split nl80211_check_bss_status() into a separate function
This allows a single scan result to be checked at a time. This is a step
towards optimizing scan result fetching without having to allocate
memory for all entries at the same time.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-02 20:54:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e35e137298 nl80211: Separate channel noise fetch from scan result processing
This untangles the NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY handler loop from
NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN processing so that the per-channel noise
information can be fetched with a common function to a local data
structure that can then be easily used to update individual scan results
(a single BSS) instead of having to go through a full set of scan
results. This is a step towards optimizing scan result fetching without
having to allocate memory for all entries at the same time.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-02 20:48:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cb2b666670 Fix 4addr reassociation-without-deauthentication on AP
Data connection was lost if a station reassociated without the STA entry
being cleaned up on the AP side. Fix this by moving reconfiguration of
the STA WDS parameters in association response callback to happen only
after the STA flags have been updated to associated stated.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-02 12:51:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8c0ed37b64 wired: Mark some common helper functions static
These are used only within driver_wired_common.c now at the end of the
refactoring changes, so there is no need to make these helper functions
available outside driver_wired_common.c.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-11-30 20:08:39 +02:00
Sabrina Dubroca
f014d9dbf0 macsec_linux: Add a driver for macsec on Linux kernels
This uses libnl3 to communicate with the macsec module available on
Linux. A recent enough version of libnl is needed for the macsec.h file
(which is not yet available in a formal libnl release at the time of
this commit).

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-11-30 20:08:36 +02:00
Sabrina Dubroca
8618313b6e drivers: Move driver_wired_get_ssid() to a common file
This continues refactoring of the common parts of wired drivers code
into a shared file, so that they can be reused by other drivers.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-11-30 19:33:43 +02:00
Sabrina Dubroca
d27c42baea drivers: Move driver_wired_get_bssid() to a common file
This continues refactoring of the common parts of wired drivers code
into a shared file, so that they can be reused by other drivers.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-11-30 19:33:43 +02:00
Sabrina Dubroca
9281e5c5ce drivers: Move driver_wired_get_capa() to a common file
This continues refactoring of the common parts of wired drivers code
into a shared file, so that they can be reused by other drivers.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-11-30 19:33:43 +02:00
Sabrina Dubroca
ec9cfb96c2 drivers: Move driver_wired_deinit_common() to a common file
This continues refactoring of the common parts of wired drivers code
into a shared file, so that they can be reused by other drivers.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-11-30 19:33:43 +02:00
Sabrina Dubroca
ed5ae61193 drivers: Move driver_wired_init_common() to a common file
This continues refactoring of the common parts of wired drivers code
into a shared file, so that they can be reused by other drivers.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-11-30 19:33:43 +02:00
Sabrina Dubroca
5a55ec38ed drivers: Move driver_wired_get_ifstatus() to a common file
This continues refactoring of the common parts of wired drivers code
into a shared file, so that they can be reused by other drivers.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-11-30 19:33:43 +02:00
Sabrina Dubroca
d718a5d975 drivers: Move driver_wired_set_ifflags() to a common file
This continues refactoring of the common parts of wired drivers code
into a shared file, so that they can be reused by other drivers.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-11-30 19:33:43 +02:00
Sabrina Dubroca
567b7d4ec2 drivers: Move driver_wired_get_ifflags() to a common file
This continues refactoring of the common parts of wired drivers code
into a shared file, so that they can be reused by other drivers.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-11-30 19:33:43 +02:00
Sabrina Dubroca
693124a1e4 drivers: Move driver_wired_multi() to a common file
This continues refactoring of the common parts of wired drivers code
into a shared file, so that they can be reused by other drivers.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-11-30 19:33:43 +02:00
Sabrina Dubroca
b0906ef770 drivers: Move wired_multicast_membership() to a common file
This continues refactoring of the common parts of wired drivers code
into a shared file, so that they can be reused by other drivers.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-11-30 19:33:43 +02:00
Sabrina Dubroca
0abc8d10cc drivers: Move common definitions for wired drivers out
Refactor the common parts of wired drivers code into a shared file, so
that they can be reused by other drivers. The macsec_qca driver already
contains a lot of code duplication from the wired driver, and the
macsec_linux driver would do the same. A structure to hold data common
to all wired drivers is added and used in all these drivers.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-11-30 19:33:43 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
eeb34a432e nl80211: Enhance abort scan to also abort the vendor scan
This commit enhances the abort scan implementation to also abort the
vendor scan, if one was used to trigger the scan.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-11-30 19:33:39 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
1a793f5c2b Define a QCA vendor command to abort vendor scan
The new QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_ABORT_SCAN command can be used to
abort an ongoing scan that was started with
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_TRIGGER_SCAN.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-11-30 17:11:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2ab09656ae AP: Do not drop STA entry if PMF is used with full AP client state
This fixes a regression from commit
bb598c3bdd ('AP: Add support for full
station state'). That commit added code to remove and re-add the kernel
STA entry when processing Authentication frames with a driver that
advertises support for full AP client state. That resulted in bypassing
PMF protections for unprotected Authentication frames with such drivers
since the TK was lost in this operation.

It is simplest to skip the STA entry clearing in this type of case
completely to leave the TK in place and to process the new
authentication exchange otherwise normally. This matches the behavior
used with the drivers that do not implement full AP client state.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-11-29 16:26:00 +02:00
Will Glynn
209dad066e FT: Explicitly check for MDE not present in non-FT association
IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 12.4.2 states that if an MDE is present in an
(Re)Association Request frame but the RSNE uses a non-FT AKM suite, the
AP shall reject the association using status code 43 ("Invalid AKMP").

wpa_validate_wpa_ie() now explicitly checks for this condition to meet
this requirement instead of simply ignoring the MDE based on non-FT AKM.

Signed-off-by: Will Glynn <will@willglynn.com>
2016-11-26 11:39:44 +02:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
d4f3003c56 nl80211: Configure Beacon frame TX rate if driver advertises support
If the driver advertises support for setting Beacon frame data rate,
allow the user to configure this rate as part of starting the AP. Only
one Beacon frame TX rate is allowed.

Drivers advertising such support should set corresponding flag via the
NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES attribute.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-11-26 00:36:27 +02:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
29483a5678 Add support for user configurable Beacon frame data rate for AP mode
Allow configuration of Beacon frame TX rate from hostapd.conf with
"beacon_rate=xx" option. The following format is used to set
legacy/HT/VHT beacon rates:

Legacy (CCK/OFDM rates):
	beacon_rate=<legacy rate in 100 kbps>
HT:
	beacon_rate=ht:<HT MCS>
VHT:
	beacon_rate=vht:<VHT MCS>

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-11-25 23:12:30 +02:00
Sabrina Dubroca
e0d9fd344d wpa_supplicant: Allow configuring the MACsec port for MKA
Previously, wpa_supplicant only supported hardcoded port == 1 in the
SCI, but users may want to choose a different port.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-11-20 00:35:31 +02:00
Sabrina Dubroca
1d3d0666a6 mka: Add enable_encrypt op and call it from CP state machine
This allows MKA to turn encryption on/off down to the driver.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-11-20 00:35:23 +02:00
Sabrina Dubroca
7b4d546e3d wpa_supplicant: Add macsec_integ_only setting for MKA
So that the user can turn encryption on (MACsec provides
confidentiality+integrity) or off (MACsec provides integrity only). This
commit adds the configuration parameter while the actual behavior change
to disable encryption in the driver is handled in the following commit.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-11-20 00:35:16 +02:00
Sabrina Dubroca
008e224dbb mka: Disable peer detection timeout for PSK mode
The first peer may take a long time to come up. In PSK mode we are
basically in a p2p system, and we cannot know when a peer will join the
key exchange. Wait indefinitely, and let the administrator decide if
they want to abort.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-11-20 00:35:11 +02:00
Joel Cunningham
7824bf77d6 nl80211: Fix get_inact_sec() returning -1 on failure
This commit fixes the nl80211 driver call get_inact_sec() to return -1
when STA inactivity time retrieval fails in i802_read_sta_data().

This was intended to be handled by initalizing the inactive_msec member
to -1 but i802_read_sta_data() assumes the data parameter is
uninitialized and memsets the entire structure, neutralizing the attempt
to distinguish between no value (-1) and a time value of 0.

This is fixed by now requiring i802_read_sta_data() callers to
initialize the data structure first (allowing get_inact_sec() to use
-1). This is a safe change because it does not change any driver API
behavior and only affects one other static function in driver_nl80211.c

Signed-off-by: Joel Cunningham <joel.cunningham@me.com>
2016-11-19 17:39:23 +02:00
Sabrina Dubroca
088d53dd15 mka: Fix getting capabilities from the driver
In commit a25e4efc9e ('mka: Add driver op
to get macsec capabilities') I added some code to check the driver's
capabilities. This commit has two problems:
 - wrong enum type set in kay->macsec_confidentiality
 - ignores that drivers could report MACSEC_CAP_NOT_IMPLEMENTED, in
   which case the MKA would claim that MACsec is supported.

Fix this by interpreting MACSEC_CAP_NOT_IMPLEMENTED in the same way as a
DO_NOT_SECURE policy, and set the correct value in
kay->macsec_confidentiality.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-11-19 17:29:54 +02:00
Peng Xu
5e785a6792 Reserve QCA vendor specific nl80211 command 144
This is reserved for QCA use.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-11-17 16:00:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4051dd8667 GAS: Add Capability List ANQP-element support for Info ID 270, 280..299
This extends the anqp_elem configuration parameter support for new Info
IDs (270 (TDLS Capability) was previously missed from the list of
defined values, 280 has already been assigned in REVmc/D8.0; 281..299
are yet to be assigned). No additional source code changes are needed to
allow hostapd to advertise support for these if the ANQP-element value
is set with the anqp_elem parameter.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-11-17 16:00:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d50f518e95 Fix libap.a build
Add the new defines and files to allow src/ap/libap.a to be build with
all the needed functions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-11-16 13:26:23 +02:00
Ilan Peer
4ec1fd8e42 FT: Differentiate between FT for station and for AP in build
Previously, CONFIG_IEEE80211R enabled build that supports FT for both
station mode and AP mode. However, in most wpa_supplicant cases only
station mode FT is required and there is no need for AP mode FT.

Add support to differentiate between station mode FT and AP mode FT in
wpa_supplicant builds by adding CONFIG_IEEE80211R_AP that should be used
when AP mode FT support is required in addition to station mode FT. This
allows binary size to be reduced for builds that require only the
station side FT functionality.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2016-10-29 22:14:54 +03:00
Beni Lev
f0259c3f68 hostapd: Fix own wide bandwidth subelement generation (neighbor report)
The Channel Center Frequency Segment subfields use the channel index
instead of frequency in MHz.

Signed-off-by: Beni Lev <beni.lev@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2016-10-29 22:03:43 +03:00
Ilan Peer
0a63635ed0 AP: Use valid status code in wpa_ft_send_rrb_auth_resp()
The return value from this function may be used in an outgoing message,
so use a valid status code instead of -1.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2016-10-29 22:02:14 +03:00
Avraham Stern
e4b48b7b0f Extend ieee80211_freq_to_channel_ext() to cover channels 52-64
Add frequency to channel conversion for the 5 GHz channels 52-64.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2016-10-29 21:51:04 +03:00
David Spinadel
451a27b1ad hostapd: Add a configuration to set an AP as stationary
Add a configuration option in hostapd.conf and in neighbor report that
sets an AP as stationary. To enable this option on the current AP set
the config option stationary_ap to 1. To set a neighbor entry to be
marked as stationary add the word stat to the SET_NEIGHBOR command. This
option tells hostapd to send LCI data even if it is older than requested
by max age subelement in RRM request.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2016-10-29 19:16:47 +03:00
Ilan Peer
f5ec346902 hostapd: Fix adding neighbor entry
It is possible that a LCI or location civic configuration buffer
is valid but contains no data. In such a case do not add the LCI
and location civic information to the entry in the neighbor
data base.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2016-10-29 19:10:17 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
99b82bf537 mka: Implement reference counting on data_key
struct data_key already had a 'user' field for reference counting, but
it was basically unused.

Add an ieee802_1x_kay_use_data_key() function to take a reference on a
key, and use ieee802_1x_kay_deinit_data_key() to release the reference.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-10-29 11:38:57 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
23c3528a84 mka: Add support for removing SAs
So that the core can notify drivers that need to perform some operations
when an SA is deleted.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-10-29 11:35:38 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
6b6175b788 mka: Sync structs definitions with IEEE Std 802.1X-2010
Document some data structures from IEEE Std 802.1X-2010, and add the
(not used yet) struct ieee802_1x_mka_dist_cak_body.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-10-29 11:28:29 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
6f551abdfc mka: Remove "channel" hacks from the stack and the macsec_qca driver
This is specific to the macsec_qca driver. The core implementation
shouldn't care about this, and only deal with the complete secure
channel, and pass this down to the driver.

Drivers that have such limitations should take care of these in their
->create functions and throw an error.

Since the core MKA no longer saves the channel number, the macsec_qca
driver must be able to recover it. Add a map (which is just an array
since it's quite short) to match SCIs to channel numbers, and lookup
functions that will be called in every place where functions would get
the channel from the core code. Getting an available channel should be
part of channel creation, instead of being a preparation step.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-10-29 11:24:08 +03:00
Sergei Sinyak
7d8f795003 Fix typo in DigestAlgorithn
Replace n with m in DigestAlgorithn, i.e., DigestAlgorithm.

Signed-off-by: Sergei Sinyak <serega.belarus@gmail.com>
2016-10-29 11:14:09 +03:00
Filip Matusiak
59d7cff7e3 AP: Disable VHT in TKIP-only configuration
This has already been done for WEP, but there's same constraint for not
allowing VTH rates in case of TKIP.

Signed-off-by: Filip Matusiak <filip.matusiak@tieto.com>
2016-10-29 00:55:49 +03:00
Avrahams Stern
78a3b23060 P2P: Clear old P2PS provision data
Receiving a provision discovery request for an ASP service that
has auto accept set to false should result in a provision discovery
response with the status field set to "currently unavailable".
Having stale P2PS provision data, results in sending a response with
the status set to success because it is mistakenly referred to as the
follow-on provision discovery request.

Fix that by clearing stale P2PS provision data in the following cases:
 1. When provision discovery is complete
 2. When ASP services are flushed (in which case old ASP provisioning
    is no longer valid).

Signed-off-by: Avrahams Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2016-10-29 00:55:49 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
f69939ede8 P2P: Clear listen state during PD-in-FIND
drv->in_listen should be cleared whenever the state timeout is cleared,
if they were set together. If the flag is not cleared, the
p2p_listen_end() called during cancel-remain-on-channel will not restart
the search, relying on the state timeout function to do it. Use the
p2p_stop_listen_for_freq() function to clear the listen state properly.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
2016-10-29 00:55:49 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
4cc0f909b2 P2P: Clear P2PS provision state on P2P flush
Otherwise, if a P2PS provision is incomplete before the flush, it can
cause incorrect provision responses to be sent out.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
2016-10-29 00:55:49 +03:00
Kevin Mahoney
a818425d1c hostapd: Added signal level to STA tracking
Add signal level information to the station tracking information. Also
make it available via the "TRACK_STA_LIST" control command.

Signed-off-by: Kevin Mahoney <k.mahoney@cablelabs.com>
2016-10-29 00:55:49 +03:00
Cedric Izoard
8c889222bc TDLS: Fix checks on prohibit bits
ext_capab/ext_capab_len do not include ID and Length so no extra +2
offset should be used. This fixes a regression from commit
faf427645a ('TDLS: Use proper IE parsing
routine for non-EAPOL-Key cases') that replaced the IE parser without
noticing the difference in the pointer offset.

Signed-off-by: Flavia Vanetti <flavia.vanetti@ceva-dsp.com>
2016-10-29 00:24:12 +03:00
Peng Xu
c2ad5b9218 nl80211: Update channel information after channel switch notification
When channel switch happens, driver wrapper's internal channel
information needs to be updated so that the new frequency will be used
in operations using drv->assoc_freq. Previously, only bss->freq was
updated and the new frequency was also indicated in the EVENT_CH_SWITCH
event. This could potentially leave out couple of cases that use
drv->assoc_freq at least as a fallback mechanism for getting the current
operating frequency.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-28 23:58:23 +03:00
Nishant Chaprana
5f99d96287 Removed redundant NULL check for sta in hostapd_event_sta_low_ack()
Signed-off-by: Nishant Chaprana <n.chaprana@samsung.com>
2016-10-28 19:06:20 +03:00
Nishant Chaprana
230b2b2c3d Removed redundant NULL check for b in wpabuf_concat()
Signed-off-by: Nishant Chaprana <n.chaprana@samsung.com>
2016-10-28 19:05:08 +03:00
Maneesh Jain
641c73f84f driver.h: Fix a typo in a comment
Signed-off-by: Maneesh Jain <maneesh.jain@samsung.com>
2016-10-28 19:01:50 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
2e4e4fb71c nl80211: Allow TDLS trigger modes to be configured to the host driver
This commit adds a control interface command to configure the TDLS
trigger mode to the host driver. This TDLS mode is configured through
the "SET tdls_trigger_control" control interface command.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-27 23:22:33 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
14cd203fff QCA vendor command to configure the TDLS behavior in the host driver
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-27 23:12:25 +03:00
lifeng
a18563d428 Extend QCA vendor attribute link layer statistics attribute
This adds new statistics attributes to support channel hopping feature.

Signed-off-by: Li Feng <lifeng@qti.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-27 22:05:59 +03:00
lifeng
95f3703ae1 Add more QCA vendor attribute definitions into qca-vendor.h
These attributes were previously maintained elsewhere. This commit moves
them to follow the standard assignment process through the qca-vendor.h
file in hostap.git.

Signed-off-by: Li Feng <lifeng@qti.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-27 22:03:33 +03:00
lifeng
87416eaf64 QCA vendor attribute to report frame aggregation failure
Add a new vendor attribute config to set the reorder blocksize and
timeout in 4 ACs, and then report the frame aggregation failure
statistics in QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_STATS_EXT command. In addition,
fix the spelling of the enum value for this subcommand.

Signed-off-by: Li Feng <lifeng@qti.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-27 21:46:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
befdb2dc8d nl80211: Check driver FILS capability
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-27 16:06:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
40a4572738 nl80211: FILS KEK and nonces for NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
This sends the FILS KEK and AAD context (nonces) to the driver with the
NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE messages when using FILS.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-27 15:02:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d8f9342d03 nl80211: Add support for setting FILS authentication algorithm
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-27 15:02:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e76e950eac Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2016-10-27.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-10-27 15:02:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2a0b86d319 Note set_key(WPA_ALG_NONE) failure in debug log
This makes wpa_remove_ptk() call to wpa_auth_set_key() more consistent
with all the other calls that verify the return value to keep static
analyzers happier.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-26 00:41:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
061dac1d3c FILS: Claim FILS capability only if driver supports it
"GET_CAPABILITY fils" used to return "FILS" based on wpa_supplicant
configuration. This can be made more useful by checking both for
wpa_supplicant and driver support for FILS.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-26 00:41:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ff338fab92 FILS: Setup EAPOL state machines properly after FILS association (AP)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-26 00:41:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
da24c5aa1c FILS: Set TK after association (AP)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-26 00:41:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
07e0117d21 FILS: Mark connection fully authorized after FILS Association (AP)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-26 00:20:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
706df4291b FILS: Association Response processing (STA)
Decrypt the AES-SIV protected elements and verify Key-Auth. Parse and
configure keys to the driver.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-26 00:20:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e73ffa0925 FILS: Add Association Response frame elements and encrypt them (AP)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-25 20:42:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
78815f3dde FILS: Decrypt Association Request elements and check Key-Auth (AP)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-25 20:42:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
86cd6928e0 FILS: Add elements to FILS Association Request frame
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-25 20:01:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ac56c39532 driver: Add option to pass FILS KEK/AAD to the driver for association
This allows the FILS KEK and AAD data (nonces) to be configured to the
driver for association so that the driver can encrypt the
(Re)Association Request frame and decrypt the (Re)Association Response
frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-24 23:07:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a660993772 FILS: Authentication frame processing (STA)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-22 23:28:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c4fd6d8aa8 FILS: Process FILS Authentication frame (AP)
This implements processing of FILS Authentication frame for FILS shared
key authentication with ERP and PMKSA caching.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-22 23:27:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ffb62f2272 FILS: Add a helper function for status code conversion
This will allow the existing code to be reused for FILS needs.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-22 23:27:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c1bd4bac5f FILS: Extend wpa_auth_pmksa_get() to support PMKID matching
This is needed for FILS processing to enable PMKSA caching.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-22 23:13:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c30bd28b14 FILS: Export IEEE 802.1X helper functions
ieee802_1x_encapsulate_radius() and ieee802_1x_alloc_eapol_sm() need to
be called from FILS processing.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-22 23:13:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a6228b8ed6 ERP: Update client identity based on EAP-Initiate/Re-auth
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-22 23:13:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f00b9b8864 FILS: Try to use FILS authentication if PMKSA or ERP entry is available
If a PMKSA cache entry for the target AP is available, try to use FILS
with PMKSA caching.

If an ERP key for the target AP is available, try to use FILS with
EAP-Initiate/Re-auth added as Wrapper Data element.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-22 23:13:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0866ed004d WPA: Add debug print for not-update-own-IEs case
This makes it easier to understand debug logs related to own WPA/RSN IE
selection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-22 22:55:27 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
14de9e31c4 FILS: Include wpa_insert_pmkid() in non-FT builds
This function is needed for FILS as well as FT.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-22 22:55:27 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
de57d87353 ERP: Make eap_peer_finish() callable
This is needed for FILS to process EAP-Finish/Re-auth.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-22 18:26:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c28767e11c ERP: Make eap_peer_erp_reauth_start() available
This needs to be callable through the EAPOL supplicant wrappers to allow
FILS implementation to use ERP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-22 18:25:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5b092fb63f nl80211: Make full (Re)Association Response frame available
This is needed for FILS processing since AAD includes data before the
first element.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-22 18:12:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2aa1e48a45 FILS: Do not clear PTK on FILS Auth/Assoc (AP)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-22 18:11:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a852ab4c72 FILS: Key-Auth derivation function for FILS SK
This implements Key-Auth derivation for (Re)Association Request frames
(see P802.11ai/D11.0 12.12.2.6.2) and (Re)Association Response frames
(see P802.11ai/D11.0 12.12.2.6.3).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-22 17:51:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c089bc5725 FILS: PMK-to-PTK key derivation for FILS authentication
This is the PTKSA key derivation used as part of the FILS authentication
exchange. See P802.11ai/D11.0 12.12.2.5.3.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-22 17:51:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ce16c489d8 Rename sae_data to more generic auth_data
This makes it cleaner for the FILS implementation to use the same design
for setting Authentication frame elements as was already done with SAE.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-22 17:51:43 +03:00
Lior David
6eb1a569ca Add QCA vendor command/attr for low level DMG(11ad) RF sector control
Add operations to allow low level control over RF sectors in QCA DMG
(11ad) chipsets. Operations include getting/setting the configuration of
a specific sector, as well as getting/setting the selected sector which
the HW uses to communicate with a specific station.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-17 11:43:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bf07e05349 ERP: Do not pass full EAP header to eap_peer_erp_reauth_start()
That function does not need the full EAP header -- it only needs to know
which EAP identifier to use in the message. Make this usable for cases
where the previous EAP message may not exist (FILS).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2449791b8e FILS: Update EAPOL-Key Descriptor Version RX rules (AP)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
16eb485806 FILS: Handle Group Key msg 1/2 without MIC when using AEAD cipher (STA)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
75c8563e05 FILS: Perform AEAD processing after PTK has been confirmed
This covers EAPOL-Key frames other than 2/4 that needed special handling
to confirm PTK.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0ab1dd0106 FILS: Use AEAD cipher to check received EAPOL-Key frames (STA)
This changes 4-way handshake authenticator processing to decrypt the
EAPOL-Key frames using an AEAD cipher (AES-SIV with FILS AKMs) before
processing the Key Data field. This replaces Key MIC validation for the
cases where AEAD cipher is used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b729fd8df9 FILS: Use AEAD cipher to protect EAPOL-Key frames (AP)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3b5b7aa8fb FILS: Use AEAD cipher to check received EAPOL-Key frames (AP)
This changes 4-way handshake authenticator processing to decrypt the
EAPOL-Key frames using an AEAD cipher (AES-SIV with FILS AKMs) before
processing the Key Data field. This replaces Key MIC validation for the
cases where AEAD cipher is used. This needs to move the EAPOL-Key msg
2/4 RSN element processing to happen only after the PTK has been derived
and validated. That is done for all AKMs to avoid extra complexity with
having to maintain two code paths for this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2022f1d08d FILS: Use AEAD cipher to protect EAPOL-Key frames (STA)
This modifies wpa_eapol_key_send() to use AEAD cipher (AES-SIV for FILS
AKMs) to provide both integrity protection for the EAPOL-Key frame and
encryption for the Key Data field. It should be noted that this starts
encrypting the Key Data field in EAPOL-Key message 2/4 while it remains
unencrypted (but integrity protected) in non-FILS cases. Similarly, the
empty Key Data field in EAPOL-Key message 4/4 gets encrypted for AEAD
cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1049af7e03 RSN: Pass full PTK to wpa_eapol_key_send() instead of KCK only
This will be needed to be able to implement AEAD cipher support from
FILS that will need to use KEK to protect the frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b986648389 FILS: Update EAPOL-Key RX rules for FILS (AP)
Key Descriptor Version 0 is used with FILS and Key Info MIC field is set
to 0 with AEAD ciphers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
352caf006a FILS: Update EAPOL-Key descriptor version rules for RX (STA)
FILS AKM uses Key Descriptor version 0 and AEAD cipher.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
36a50fd4e8 FILS: Set EAPOL-Key Key Descriptor Version to 0 with FILS AKMs (AP)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4a26ccdae6 FILS: Set EAPOL-Key Key Info MIC=0 when using AEAD cipher (supplicant)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f5ff8ae6a7 FILS: Do not add Key MIC field in supplicant when using AEAD cipher
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dc5bad48af RSN authenticator: Add more debug print details on EAPOL-Key RX
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6d014ffc6e Make struct wpa_eapol_key easier to use with variable length MIC
Suite B 192-bit addition from IEEE Std 802.11ac-2013 replaced the
previous fixed length Key MIC field with a variable length field. That
change was addressed with an addition of a new struct defined for the
second MIC length. This is not really scalable and with FILS coming up
with a zero-length MIC case for AEAD, a more thorough change to support
variable length MIC is needed.

Remove the Key MIC and Key Data Length fields from the struct
wpa_eapol_key and find their location based on the MIC length
information (which is determined by the AKMP). This change allows the
separate struct wpa_eapol_key_192 to be removed since struct
wpa_eapol_key will now include only the fixed length fields that are
shared with all EAPOL-Key cases in IEEE Std 802.11.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
94f66e8a26 FILS: Advertise ERP domain in FILS Indication element
Calculate the hashed realm from hostapd erp_domain configuration
parameter and add this to the FILS Indication element when ERP is
enabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c30ed45f45 FILS: Allow hostapd to select FILS AKM for connection
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f55acd909e FILS: Set FILS Capability bit in management frames from AP
If FILS is enabled, indicate that in Beacon, Probe Response, and
(Re)Association Response frames in the Extended Capabilities element.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
198a942c83 FILS: Add FILS Indication element to Beacon and Probe Response frames
If FILS is enabled, indicate that in AP Beacon/Probe Response frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
903ecbe8da FILS: Add hostapd configuration options
This adds CONFIG_FILS=y build configuration option and new key
management options for FILS authentication.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:27 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
274d8b776f FILS: Add definitions for new frames and values
This adds definitions for various management frame elements and values
from P802.11ai/D11.0.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 20:46:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
94318a0d30 FILS: Add AKM definitions
This adds definitions for the new AKM suite values from P802.11ai/D11.0.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 20:46:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1d29163035 FILS: Add new information elements
This adds definitions for new information elements from P802.11ai/D11.0
and parsing of these IEs.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 20:46:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
325a85be36 Extend AES-SIV implementation to support different key lengths
The previous implementation was hardcoded to use 128-bit AES key
(AEAD_AES_SIV_CMAC_256). Extend this by allowing AEAD_AES_SIV_CMAC_384
and AEAD_AES_SIV_CMAC_512 with 192-bit and 256-bit AES keys.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 19:40:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e2991ee580 Move CRC-32 routine from wlantest to src/utils
This allows the CRC-32 routine to be shared for other purposes in
addition to the WEP/TKIP/FCS within wlantest.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-09 17:13:23 +03:00
Michael Braun
96590564d6 FT: Allow PMK-R0 and PMK-R1 for FT-PSK to be generated locally
Station should be able to connect initially without ft_pmk_cache filled,
so the target AP has the PSK available and thus the same information as
the origin AP. Therefore neither caching nor communication between the
APs with respect to PMK-R0 or PMK-R1 or VLANs is required if the target
AP derives the required PMKs locally.

This patch introduces the generation of the required PMKs locally for
FT-PSK. Additionally, PMK-R0 is not stored (and thus pushed) for FT-PSK.

So for FT-PSK networks, no configuration of inter-AP communication is
needed anymore when using ft_psk_generate_local=1 configuration. The
default behavior (ft_psk_generate_local=0) remains to use the pull/push
protocol.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-10-09 11:57:56 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
a25e4efc9e mka: Add driver op to get macsec capabilities
This also implements the macsec_get_capability for the macsec_qca
driver to maintain the existing behavior.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-10-09 11:30:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
53b2555f67 EAP-pwd: Validate Prep field in EAP-pwd-ID/Response
RFC 5931 Section 2.8.5.1 does not list the Prep field as something that
the server validates to match the Request. However, the supplicant side
has to use the same pre-processing mechanism for the password for the
authentication to work, so we may as well as enforce this field to match
the requested value now that wpa_supplicant implementation is fixed to
copy the value from the request.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-10-08 19:43:36 +03:00
Brian Candler
2875e32333 EAP-pwd: Fix Prep in EAP-pwd-ID/Response when EAP_PWD_PREP_MS is used
Fix the pre-processing field in the response when EAP_PWD_PREP_MS is
being used. This fixes interoperability with EAP-pwd servers that
validate the Prep field in EAP-pwd-ID/Response when the RFC2759
(PasswordHashHash) pre-processing is used.

Signed-off-by: Brian Candler <B.Candler@pobox.com>
2016-10-08 19:43:09 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
5f5ca28414 mka: Pass full structures down to macsec drivers' receive SC ops
Clean up the driver interface by passing pointers to struct receive_sc
down the stack to the {create,delete}_recevie_sc() ops, instead of
passing the individual properties of the SC.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-10-08 00:45:19 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
8ebfc7c2ba mka: Pass full structures down to macsec drivers' transmit SC ops
Clean up the driver interface by passing pointers to struct transmit_sc
down the stack to the {create,delete}_transmit_sc() ops, instead of
passing the individual arguments.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-10-08 00:45:03 +03:00
Julian Ospald
b70d508c50 LibreSSL: Fix compatibility for EAP-FAST
This basically just follows commit
587b0457e0 ('LibreSSL: Fix build with
LibreSSL') with the same pattern, which was missed here.

Signed-off-by: Julian Ospald <hasufell@hasufell.de>
2016-10-08 00:36:18 +03:00
Christian Neukirchen
df426738fb LibreSSL: Fix TLS initialization/deinitialization
Due to a missing guard for old OpenSSL code, SSL_library_init() was not
called, which is required for LibreSSL. Likewise for cleanup.

Signed-off-by: Christian Neukirchen <chneukirchen@gmail.com>
2016-10-08 00:27:56 +03:00
Christian Neukirchen
0d42179e12 LibreSSL: Fix dh5 code
Add LibreSSL check to old OpenSSL #ifdef guard as DH_{get0,set0}_key()
is not implemented in LibreSSL.

Signed-off-by: Christian Neukirchen <chneukirchen@gmail.com>
2016-10-08 00:26:18 +03:00
Lior David
32d08d5bf6 Add QCA vendor attributes for measurement frequency for FTM/AOA
Add attributes for specifing the frequency where FTM/AOA measurement is
done over the air. This allows the user space framework to maintain its
own cache of peers without depending on the kernel scan results cache,
or perform scans less often (since entries in the kernel scan results
cache expire quickly). The change is backward compatible. If the
frequency attribute is not specified, the kernel scan results cache will
be queried, like done today.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-04 23:44:18 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
cecdecdbe8 mka: Pass full structures down to macsec drivers' receive SA ops
Clean up the driver interface by passing pointers to struct receive_sa
down the stack to the {create,enable,disable}_receive_sa() ops, instead
of passing the individual properties of the SA.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-10-03 13:26:26 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
909c1b9835 mka: Pass full structures down to macsec drivers' transmit SA ops
Clean up the driver interface by passing pointers to struct transmit_sa
down the stack to the {create,enable,disable}_transmit_sa ops, instead
of passing the individual properties of the SA.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-10-03 13:17:21 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
7fa5eff8ab mka: Pass full structures down to macsec drivers' packet number ops
Clean up the driver interface by passing pointers to structs transmit_sa
and receive_sa down the stack to get_receive_lowest_pn(),
get_transmit_next_pn(), and set_transmit_next_pn() ops, instead of
passing the individual arguments.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-10-03 12:54:08 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
f75f6e2b03 mka: Move structs {transmit,receive}_{sa,sc} to a common header
These structs will be passed down to macsec drivers in a coming patch to
make the driver interface cleaner, so they need to be shared between the
core MKA implementation and the drivers.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-10-03 12:50:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
98529f3857 The master branch is now used for v2.7 development
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-10-02 22:27:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2462f347bc Change version number to v2.6 for the release
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-10-02 21:51:11 +03:00
Nishant Chaprana
746e5c2565 Fix spelling mistakes in number of comments
Signed-off-by: Nishant Chaprana <n.chaprana@samsung.com>
2016-09-30 22:45:03 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
8b6688847e Add explicit enum values for QCA vendor config attributes
This makes it easier to copy a subset of definitions without
accidentally getting mismatching values.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-09-30 22:45:03 +03:00
vamsi krishna
8f47917493 MBO: Add support to send ANQP request to get cellular preference
This extends ANQP_GET command to support querying MBO cellular
preference also. The cellular preference can be requested along with
neigbor report by appending mbo:1 to the command arguments.

For example:
ANQP_GET <bssid> 272,mbo:1

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-09-30 22:45:03 +03:00
lifeng
8b7c5b8941 QCA vendor command for antenna diversity feature
The user space app use QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_GET_CHAIN_RSSI cmd to
get the corresponding antenna rssi value for the specific chain. And the
associcated attributes are added to configure the antenna diversity and
related selftest.

Signed-off-by: Li Feng <lifeng@qti.qualcomm.com>
2016-09-26 23:46:59 +03:00
vamsi krishna
64c92c0757 MBO: Do not parse reason_detail in non_pref_chan attr (AP)
The reason detail field was removed from non_pref_chan attr in MBO
v0.0_r25 draft. Don't parse for this element to be compliant with the
latest drafr.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-09-25 17:31:26 +03:00
vamsi krishna
2800ec85d2 MBO: Add QCA vendor option to configure driver to ignore assoc disallow
MBO capable APs can set association disallowed in the Beacon/Probe
Response frames. For testing purposes, the STA needs to be configured to
not ignore the association disallowed set by APs and continue to connect
to such AP like non-MBO enabled STA. Add a QCA vendor attribute for
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SET_WIFI_CONFIGURATION vendor sub command to
configure the driver to ignore association disallowed functionality.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-09-25 17:31:26 +03:00
Zhang Qian
320caeab29 Add attributes for QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_LL_STATS_EXT
More attributes are added for QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_LL_STATS_EXT
1. Peer signal stats;
2. Peer TX stats;
3. Peer RX stats

Signed-off-by: Zhang Qian <zhangq@qti.qualcomm.com>
2016-09-23 21:13:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ef24ad3ec5 nl80211: Remove unnecessary duplication from nl80211_set_param()
There is no need to find bss->drv separately for each parameter, so do
this once at the beginning of the function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-09-23 17:36:55 +03:00
Mikael Kanstrup
4d584d8c2b nl80211: Add driver parameter force_bss_selection
Add driver parameter command to force capability flag
WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_BSS_SELECTION even if driver states otherwise. This is
mainly for testing purposes.

Signed-off-by: Mikael Kanstrup <mikael.kanstrup@sonymobile.com>
2016-09-23 17:36:55 +03:00
Ilan Peer
dc2744f922 P2P: Fix common frequencies calculation for a group
Ignore group members for which there is no supported channels
information when calculating common group frequencies.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2016-09-22 23:48:14 +03:00
Srinivas Dasari
0d7eba5417 Define a QCA vendor command to validate encryption engine
This command carries 802.11 header and payload along with key (TK) and
PN for encryption/decryption purpose. Firmware/driver encrypts/decrypts
the given data and sends to userspace as a response to the command. User
space component can validate the data received from the driver to unit
test the hardware's encryption engine.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-09-22 20:30:05 +03:00
Denton Gentry
442819406c taxonomy: Store Probe Request frames in hostapd_sta_info
A weakness in the initial client taxonomy mechanism is from storing both
the Probe and Associate in struct sta_info. struct sta_info is created
after a client associates (or starts authentication frame exchange),
which means that any Probe Request frames sent prior to association are
not retained. The Associate Request frame has to be seen, and then
another Probe Request frame after association, before we have a
signature for the client.

Most clients send lots of Probe Request frames (lots and lots and lots
of Probes, actually), but a few do not. ChromeOS is notably sparing in
sending Probe Request frames, it can take a long time before a signature
for a ChromeOS device is available.

Store the most recent Probe Request frame in struct hostapd_sta_info
tracking list. When a struct sta_info is created, move the Probe Request
frame information from struct hostapd_sta_info to struct sta_info.

Signed-off-by: dgentry@google.com (Denton Gentry)
Signed-off-by: denny@geekhold.com (Denton Gentry)
Signed-off-by: rofrankel@google.com (Richard Frankel)
Signed-off-by: richard@frankel.tv (Richard Frankel)
2016-09-22 00:45:24 +03:00
Denton Gentry
04059ab844 Passive Client Taxonomy
Implement the signature mechanism described in the paper
"Passive Taxonomy of Wifi Clients using MLME Frame Contents"
published by Denton Gentry and Avery Pennarun.

http://research.google.com/pubs/pub45429.html
https://arxiv.org/abs/1608.01725

This involves:
1. Add a CONFIG_TAXONOMY compile option. Enabling taxonomy incurs
   a memory overhead of up to several kilobytes per associated
   station.
2. If enabled, store the Probe Request and (Re)Associate Request frame in
   struct sta_info.
3. Implement code to extract the ID of each Information Element,
   plus selected fields and bitmasks from certain IEs, into a
   descriptive text string. This is done in a new source file,
   src/ap/taxonomy.c.
4. Implement a "signature qq:rr:ss:tt:uu:vv" command
   in hostapd_cli to retrieve the signature.

Signatures take the form of a text string. For example, a signature
for the Nexus 5X is:
  wifi4|probe:0,1,127,45,191,htcap:01ef,htagg:03,htmcs:0000ffff,vhtcap:338061b2,
  vhtrxmcs:030cfffa,vhttxmcs:030cfffa,extcap:00000a0201000040|assoc:0,1,48,45,
  221(0050f2,2),191,127,htcap:01ef,htagg:03,htmcs:0000ffff,vhtcap:339071b2,
  vhtrxmcs:030cfffa,vhttxmcs:030cfffa,extcap:0000000000000040

Signed-off-by: dgentry@google.com (Denton Gentry)
Signed-off-by: denny@geekhold.com (Denton Gentry)
Signed-off-by: rofrankel@google.com (Richard Frankel)
Signed-off-by: richard@frankel.tv (Richard Frankel)
2016-09-22 00:45:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5e993390f6 Initialize iface->sta_seen on allocation
Previously, struct hostapd_iface sta_seen list head was initialized only
when completing interface setup. This left a window for operation that
could potentially iterate through the list before the list head has been
initialized. While the existing code checked iface->num_sta_seen to
avoid this case, it is much cleaner to initialize the list when struct
hostapd_iface is allocated to avoid any accidental missing of the extra
checks before list iteration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-09-22 00:45:24 +03:00
Nick Lowe
81258efacb Remove unused generation of Request Authenticator in Account-Request
Do not generate an unused and invalid Request Authenticator (random
value) when constructing Accounting-Request packets. The correct Request
Authenticator is calculated subsequently in radius_msg_finish_acct()
using MD5(msg + shared secret).

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-09-22 00:34:19 +03:00
Rafał Miłecki
ea19b39f60 Revert "nl80211: Remove duplicated check in nl80211_setup_ap()"
This reverts commit 647862eb60.

The second check of device_ap_sme looks like duplicated, but it isn't
actually. The trick is nl80211_create_monitor_interface may change that
variable value and the second evaluation may give a different result.

This definitely isn't a very clear code, but that change caused a
regression for drivers that:
1) Don't report NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME
2) Don't support monitor mode
3) Don't support subscribing for PROBE_REQ and/or ACTION frames
like brcmfmac. With such drivers hostapd doesn't start anymore.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2016-09-17 20:08:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
205d2d1ff5 Fix typos in wpa_supplicant configuration parameter documentation
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-09-10 21:09:52 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
660103eca9 nl80211: Use the monitor interface only without device_ap_sme support
The places using drv->use_monitor were already skipping creation of the
monitor interface if drv->device_ap_sme == 0. This means that the
monitor interface operations would not have worked anyway and it is safe
to set drv->use_monitor to zero for all such cases. This fixes an issue
with management frame subscription not happening properly for the case
where the AP SME is in the driver and the driver supports monitor
interfaces (for other purposes).

This commit also removes the check for monitor support and the
previously used workaround that cleared drv->use_monitor in
drv->device_ap_sme == 1 case if monitor interface was not supported
since that condition cannot occur anymore.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-09-08 23:19:07 +03:00
Dedy Lansky
c7f9d44825 FST: Fix search for peer's "other" connection
Upon receiving FST Setup Request from some peer on some interface,
search is made to see if same peer is connected on other interface with
specific band_id. With multiple peers, bug in
fst_group_does_iface_appear_in_other_mbies() caused wrong peer address
to be returned sometimes.

Fix this with a modified, simplified search algorithm of peer's "other"
connection.

Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <qca_dlansky@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-09-08 11:17:45 +03:00
Lior David
a62dea4156 Fix mistakes in definition of QCA vendor commands for indoor location
Fix some mistakes in the previous commit for adding QCA vendor commands
for indoor location.

Note: The renamed enum value does not change the ABI, but the addition
of QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_FTM_MEAS_INVALID in the beginning of enum
qca_wlan_vendor_attr_ftm_meas does renumber
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_FTM_MEAS_* values. The previous values were
committed yesterday and have not been used in any released code yet, so
this is a justifiable quick fix.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-09-06 23:38:47 +03:00
Joel Cunningham
711e3cab07 Handle NULL return from os_zalloc() in sta_track_add()
This adds handling for a memory allocation failure in sta_track_add().

Signed-off-by: Joel Cunningham <joel.cunningham@me.com>
2016-09-06 18:58:08 +03:00
Lior David
fcd85d9a3f Add QCA vendor commands/attributes for indoor location
Assign QCA vendor specific commands, attributes, and events for
supporting indoor location features.

These features include:

1. Fine timing measurement (FTM) - allows measurement of distance
between two stations. Based on IEEE P802.11-REVmc/D7.0, 11.24.6 FTM is
performed between two stations: one is an initiator, typically a client
that wants to measure distance to another AP, and one is a responder,
typically an AP which responds to measurement requests from other
clients. The responder can be configured to report its location, either
in absolute coordinates (LCI) or free-form description (LCR).

2. Angle of arrival (AOA) - allows measurement of azimuth and elevation
between two stations.

The above features can be combined to allow a station to get an accurate
indoor location.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-09-05 21:59:18 +03:00
Lior David
faecb39236 hostapd: Allow FTM functionality to be published
Add configuration options that control publishing of fine timing
measurement (FTM) responder and initiator functionality via bits 70, 71
of Extended Capabilities element. Typically, FTM functionality is
controlled by a location framework outside hostapd. When framework is
activated, it will use hostapd to configure the AP to publish the FTM
functionality. See IEEE P802.11-REVmc/D7.0, 9.4.2.27.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-09-05 21:23:07 +03:00
Tamizh chelvam
fc72a48a63 hostapd: Use stations nsts capability in (Re)Association Response frame
Some deployed stations incorrectly consider nsts capability in
(Re)Association Response frame as required capability instead of maximum
capability and if it is greater than station's capability then beamform
will not happen in uplink traffic.

This commit adds support for an optional workaround to use station's
nsts capability in (Re)Association Response frame if the station's nsts
is less than AP by using the use_sta_nsts=1 configuration parameter.
This configuration is introduced in this commit and it is disabled by
default.

Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <c_traja@qti.qualcomm.com>
2016-09-05 21:14:40 +03:00
Zhang Qian
22950d0568 QCA vendor subcommand for LL_STATS extension
Some user space monitor wants to offload link layer statistics to
firmware. A new command QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_LL_STATS_EXT and
associcated attributes are added. The monitor will use this new command
to configure monitoring paramters and get link layer statistics.
Attributes added in this change:
1. Parameters for FW to trigger the statistics report
2. Peer STA power state
3. TX failure statistics

Signed-off-by: Zhang Qian <zhangq@qti.qualcomm.com>
2016-09-05 20:50:10 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
7dcec24881 mka: Clean up key allocation
Assign cs in ieee802_1x_mka_decode_dist_sak_body and reuse it.

Cleanup of key allocation: ieee802_1x_kay_generate_new_sak() and
ieee802_1x_mka_decode_dist_sak_body() both allocate a struct key_conf,
fill it, and ask ieee802_1x_kay_init_data_key() to allocate and set up a
struct data_key. They also allocate multiple key buffers and copy the
same data around. Stop moving data from buffer to buffer, and just
allocate what we really need.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 22:24:33 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
95e9460d6a mka: Get rid of struct ieee802_1x_cp_conf
Instead of copying from kay to a temporary struct, and then from the
struct to the sm, just copy from kay to cp.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 21:56:17 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
07a6bfe1d2 mka: Store cipher suite ID in a u64 instead of u8 pointer
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 21:55:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
535a8b8712 mka: Make csindex unsigned
This avoids unnecessary typecasting while still being able to compare
the value to CS_TABLE_SIZE without compiler warnings.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-08-28 21:48:45 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
343eb3b036 mka: Reorganize live peer creation and key server election
This modifies ieee802_1x_kay_decode_mkpdu() check for peer including me
in its peer list.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 21:41:21 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
34dbe90ac5 mka: Share a single delete mka implementation
Share mka deletion implementation in ieee802_1x_participant_timer() for
the cak_life and mka_life expiration cases.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 21:31:28 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
0dabf79b5d mka: Introduce compare_priorities()
This takes care of priority comparison followed by MAC address
comparison if the priorities are identical.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 21:27:05 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
53080f770c mka: Clean up ieee802_1x_kay_mkpdu_sanity_check()
This drops one indentation level and makes the code a bit more readable.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 21:19:37 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
05283e7a6f mka: Simplify ieee802_1x_mka_dist_sak_body_present()
No need for an if statement to figure out Boolean return value.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 21:17:43 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
87b19c8d88 mka: Replace participant->kay with a local kay variable
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 21:17:36 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
f9ea083be3 mka: Fix typos in grammar in variable names and comments
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 20:59:58 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
921171f51c mka: Use named initializers for mka_body_handler[]
Also move the struct definition to be next to this array definition.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 20:57:23 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
86bef17c94 mka: Remove unused enum mka_created_mode values
DISTRIBUTED and CACHED were not used anywhere.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 20:56:44 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
ec958aee32 mka: Remove cs_len argument from the set_current_cipher_suite functions
This is a known constant value (CS_ID_LEN, i.e., the length of the EUI64
identifier) and does not need to be provided separately in these
function calls.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 20:55:34 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
46bbda2b83 mka: Clean up ieee802_1x_mka_decode_potential_peer_body()
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 20:50:49 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
cf375eb2da mka: Simplify ieee802_1x_mka_encode_icv_body() memory copying
There is no need to maintain two os_memcpy() calls to cover different
cmac lengths.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 20:47:25 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
8b4a148842 mka: Simplify ieee802_1x_mka_sak_use_body_present()
to_use_sak is a Boolean variable, so there is no need for an if
statement to figure out whether to return TRUE or FALSE.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 20:46:19 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
b3df7836e8 mka: Reorganize loops in number of KaY functions
Use for loop to remove unnecessary goto use and similar cleanup to
simplify the loops in ieee802_1x_mka_i_in_peerlist(),
ieee802_1x_mka_decode_live_peer_body(), and
ieee802_1x_kay_decode_mkpdu().

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 20:44:04 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
de7f5337f4 mka: Remove unused body_peer incrementation
Each loop iteration resets body_peer in the beginning, so there is no
need to increment this pointer in the end.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 20:35:45 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
2b13bcad70 mka: Add reset_participant_mi() helper
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 20:34:56 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
3ceb458254 mka: Clean up printf formats
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 20:31:10 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
8fab9e1cae mka: Use named initializers for static structs
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 20:30:48 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
d4f668fded mka: Add MKA_ALIGN_LENGTH macro
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 20:29:20 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
1de7a9f882 mka: Add helper functions for dumping and creating peer
This allows more code reuse for creating live/potential peer and dumping
peer entries.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 19:49:58 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
d9639d1a4e mka: Clean up ieee802_1x_kay_get_cipher_suite() lookup function
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 19:49:57 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
7c547cff6b mka: Refactor the get_*_peer() functions
Add ieee802_1x_kay_get_potential_peer() similarly to the previously used
ieee802_1x_kay_get_live_peer() and use these helper functions more
consistently to avoid multiple implementations of peer lookups.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 19:49:57 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
515bc1aec1 mka: Fix a typo in mka_body_handler (mak to mka)
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 19:49:57 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
a33e3c3214 mka: Add a helper function, sci_equal(), for sci comparison
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 19:49:57 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
cefeb8e382 mka: Use less bitfields in the IEEE 802.1X-2010 structs
This splits the u32 bitfields into u8 variables and using bitfields only
for the cases where under 8-bit fields are used.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 19:49:57 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
2e9448989f mka: Fix a typo in macsec_capbility
Spell "capability" correctly in the variable name.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 19:29:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f2f8616e80 Initialize hapd->nr_db in hostapd_alloc_bss_data()
Previously, this was initialized in hostapd_setup_bss() which made it
possible for a REMOVE_NEIGHBOR control interface command to be issued
prior to the list head pointers having been set. That resulted in a NULL
pointer dereference. Fix this by initializing the list head at the time
the data structure gets allocated.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-08-22 17:44:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1f3b8b4edb Check for driver initialization before doing driver operations
Number of hostapd control interface commands (e.g., STATUS-DRIVER) could
result in NULL pointer dereference when issued on not yet enabled BSS.
Fix this by checking that the driver interface has been initialized
before calling the driver_ops function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-08-19 16:08:00 +03:00
Eduardo Abinader
833d0d45e8 radius: Sanity check for NULL pointer segfault
When the RADIUS client has not yet been fully enabled, MIB command was
segfaulting hostapd.

Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardoabinader@gmail.com>
2016-08-19 12:16:20 +03:00
Masashi Honma
052b8d38c5 mesh: Report HT operation mode to kernel
Report HT operation mode to kernel to broadcast correct IE in beacon
(for example HT operation IE).

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2016-08-18 20:46:15 +03:00
Masashi Honma
2bd6217173 mesh: Use WPA_DRIVER_MESH_CONF_FLAG_* as modification flag
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2016-08-18 20:40:13 +03:00
Masashi Honma
4ffb3f870d mesh: Do NL80211_MESHCONF_* setting in single function
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2016-08-18 20:37:38 +03:00
Masashi Honma
a1431ef8df mesh: Move max_peer_links parameter to appropriate struct
Accoding to the comment of struct wpa_driver_mesh_bss_params, the
max_peer_links parameter should be under that struct.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2016-08-18 20:33:39 +03:00
Petko Bordjukov
72a652d785 IAPP: Set SO_REUSEADDR on listening socket
Make it possible for several instances of hostapd to listen on the same
network interface.

Signed-off-by: Petko Bordjukov <bordjukov@gmail.com>
2016-08-18 20:01:48 +03:00
Johannes Berg
81372e347a ap: Use is_multicast_ether_addr() more
Various checks should use is_multicast_ether_addr() instead
of hardcoding the equivalent, change it.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-08-17 13:43:31 +03:00
Eduardo Abinader
647862eb60 nl80211: Remove duplicated check in nl80211_setup_ap()
Just removing a duplicated condition.

Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardoabinader@gmail.com>
2016-08-17 13:42:11 +03:00
Johannes Berg
e3429c0b15 nl80211: Fix control port protocol no-encrypt setting
Previously, driver_nl80211 sets NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT in
AP mode, to get EAPOL frames out unencrypted when using IEEE 802.1X/WEP.
However, due to the way nl80211/cfg80211 is implemented, this attribute
is ignored by the kernel if NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE isn't
specified as well. Fix this by including
NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE set to ETH_P_PAE. This can be done
unconditionally, since the kernel will allow ETH_P_PAE to be set even
when the driver didn't advertise support for arbitrary ethertypes.

Additionally, the params->pairwise_ciphers appear to not be set at
this point, so relax the check and allow them to be zero.

In client mode, this whole thing was missing, so add it. Again, the
pairwise suite can be WPA_CIPHER_NONE, so allow that case as well.

This fixed IEEE 802.1X/WEP EAP reauthentication and rekeying to use
unencrypted EAPOL frames which is the de facto way of implementing this
in wireless networks.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-08-17 13:40:40 +03:00
David Benjamin
478441bf81 OpenSSL: Fix OpenSSL 1.1.0 compatibility functions
To be consistent with OpenSSL 1.1.0, the free functions should
internally check for NULL. EVP_MD_CTX_free also was missing an
EVP_MD_CTX_cleanup, so this leaked a little.

OpenSSL 1.1.0 also has given get_rfc3526_prime_1536 a better namespace
with get_rfc3526_prime_1536 as a compatibility-only name. Use that
instead in 1.1.0.

Signed-off-by: David Benjamin <davidben@google.com>
2016-08-13 21:07:05 +03:00
Felix Fietkau
4fe726e2d7 nl80211: Do not switch interface to station mode when using mesh
This fixes issues with adding mesh interfaces to a bridge.

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2016-08-13 10:44:11 +03:00
Nick Lowe
8468189e90 Do not include NAS-Port attribute with AID 0
Do not include a NAS-Port attribute in Access-Request and
Accounting-Request packets where the Association ID (AID) is 0, i.e.,
not yet assigned or known.

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-08-13 10:28:01 +03:00
Manish Shukla
86a318f34a atheros: Accept Public Action frames sent to Wildcard BSSID
Previously, the check for mgmt->bssid matching own address (= BSSID)
ended up rejecting the case where Public Action frames are using
Wildcard BSSID in the Address 3 field. This could result in GAS queries
being dropped. Fix this by allowing both the own address (= AP BSSID)
and Wildcard BSSID in Action frame Address 3 field.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-08-11 16:08:30 +03:00
Yingying Tang
6fe3b9d451 QCA vendor command to get hardware capabilities
This commit introduces a new vendor sub command
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_GET_HW_CAPABILITY and the associated
attributes to get Wi-Fi hardware capabilities.

Signed-off-by: Yingying Tang <yintang@qti.qualcomm.com>
2016-08-10 16:49:46 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
dc24a3616a Define an attribute QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_QPOWER
This can be used to enable/disable QPOWER.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-08-09 19:23:25 +03:00
Nick Lowe
42d30e9ea0 Add a require_message_authenticator configuration option
This can be used to mandate the presence of the Message-Authenticator
attribute on CoA/Disconnect-Request packets.

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-08-08 00:36:17 +03:00
Jouke Witteveen
715ad3386e roboswitch: Add support for BCM63xx
These devices do not properly identify themselves.

Signed-off-by: Jouke Witteveen <j.witteveen@gmail.com>
2016-08-08 00:25:31 +03:00
Rahul Bedarkar
a2072a29b9 utils: os_unix: Use access() for checking file existence
Trying to open file for checking file existence seems to be too much.
Instead use access system call which is meant for the same.

Signed-off-by: Rahul Bedarkar <rahulbedarkar89@gmail.com>
2016-08-08 00:24:07 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
cfe0a0194b mka: Fix use after free
We must cancel the timer when we delete an MKA instance.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-07 11:44:04 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
d68b73cfa5 mka: Add check for body length when decoding peers
The standard says that the body length must be a multiple of 16B.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-07 11:42:37 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
ad19e71e68 mka: Avoid reading past the end of mka_body_handler
body_type, used to index in mka_body_handler, can be any u8 value, but
we have only ARRAY_SIZE(mka_body_handler) elements.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-07 11:42:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
65b47738e8 mka: Return u8 from get_mka_param_body_type()
This uses a more accurate variable type for body_type and makes it
cleaner to compare this to other unsigned values.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-08-07 11:42:03 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
ac285c007c mka: Add error handling around ieee802_1x_kay_move_live_peer()
ieee802_1x_kay_move_live_peer() can fail. In that case, we should not
proceed.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-07 11:36:17 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
90bff0e2aa mka: Avoid inconsistent state in ieee802_1x_kay_move_live_peer()
If the memory allocation in ieee802_1x_kay_init_receive_sc() fails, we
end up in an inconsistent state where the peer is moved to the live
peers list and its sci is setup, but we don't have an rxsc.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-07 11:34:50 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
12447457bf mka: Fix length when encoding SAK-use
The room we actually use is length. This could also mess up the
receiver, since it will advance by the actual length (as indicated by
the parameter body's length), which could differ from the offset at
which we stored the next item.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-07 11:32:23 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
71dc78904f mka: Fix memory leak in ieee802_1x_kay_create_live_peer() error path
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-07 11:31:41 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
099613e415 mka: Fix multiple key server election bugs
1. The comparison between SCI's of two servers with identical priority
   is broken, and would always return TRUE. Just use os_memcmp(), which
   provides the ordering we need.

2. If no peer can be key server but this instance can, then become the
   key server.

3. The ordering of blocks between peer as key server and ourself as key
   server overwrites settings. Simple reordering fixes this.

4. Default to being the key server, so that we advertise our ability in
   the MKPDUs we send. That's the only way peers can know we can be key
   server. Cleared automatically as soon as we find a better peer.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-07 11:31:17 +03:00
Arran Cudbard-Bell
b84ce655d3 Link to, and adjust types for, the PCSC framework included with OSX
Signed-off-by: Arran Cudbard-Bell <a.cudbardb@freeradius.org>
2016-08-07 11:20:33 +03:00
Johannes Berg
842c5af5d3 ap: Use is_broadcast_ether_addr()
There's no need to have a separate variable and open-code a more
complicated version of this, just use is_broadcast_ether_addr().

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-08-06 16:51:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ac81b3948b cli: Share a common tokenize_cmd() implementation
wpa_cli and hostapd_cli had identical copies of this function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-08-06 12:46:39 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
980afcce53 cli: Share a common write_cmd() implementation
wpa_cli and hostapd_cli had identical copies of this function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-08-06 12:41:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fcc84b48b2 cli: Share a common get_cmd_arg_num() implementation
wpa_cli and hostapd_cli had identical copies of this function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-08-06 12:39:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e55df99ee6 Share a single str_starts() implementation
No need to define this as a static function in multiple files.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-08-06 12:38:21 +03:00
Mikael Kanstrup
23c130e9b7 Use a common license string for hostapd_cli and wpa_cli
Move the license strings for hostapd_cli and wpa_cli to common.

Signed-off-by: Mikael Kanstrup <mikael.kanstrup@sonymobile.com>
2016-08-06 12:34:25 +03:00
Mikael Kanstrup
977c0796f9 Move parts of wpa_cli to a new common file
In preparation for adding further command completion support
to hostapd_cli move some cli related utility functions out of
wpa_cli into a new common cli file.

Signed-off-by: Mikael Kanstrup <mikael.kanstrup@sonymobile.com>
2016-08-06 12:25:58 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
fed802c2e8 Define an attribute QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_IFINDEX
This can be used to set the configuration parameters per netdev (instead
of wiphy).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-08-04 21:50:26 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
14b7612447 Define vendor command to support IE based access control
This commit defines QCA vendor subcommand and attributes for IE based
access control, i.e., the specific configured IE (full IE) is matched
with the frames originated by the Wi-Fi STA / AP to accept or deny the
connection. A specific IE can either be a whitelist or blacklist.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-08-04 21:50:22 +03:00
Vikram Kandukuri
4ac75cd01a QCA vendor command to configure GPIO pins
This commit introduces a new vendor sub command
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_GPIO_CONFIG_COMMAND and associated
attributes to configure GPIO pins.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-08-03 16:46:30 +03:00
Vikram Kandukuri
babf0ce0d2 Assign QCA vendor attributes for generic commands
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-08-03 16:44:07 +03:00
vamsi krishna
cc9985d1b1 Set default scan IEs to the driver (QCA vendor extension)
This makes wpa_supplicant set default scan IEs to the driver (if the
vendor command is supported). The driver can use these IEs in the scan
requests initiated by the driver itself. Also the driver can merge these
IEs into further scan requests that it receives, in case if the scan
request doesn't carry any of the IEs sent in this command.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-08-02 21:21:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4f910f38e5 Fix a typo in QCA vendor attribution documentation
The previously used subcommand names in the comment did not match the
ones defined above.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-08-02 21:11:25 +03:00
vamsi krishna
ab21863108 Define QCA vendor config attribute to set default scan IEs to the driver
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-08-02 21:11:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5a5638a3bf Show disabled HT/VHT properly in AP mode STATUS command
Previously, HT/VHT state was shown in STATUS based on the configuration
parameter instead of the runtime operational parameters. This could
result in claiming HT/VHT to be enabled even when it was forced to be
disabled due to an incompatible configuration. Clear HT/VHT information
in the STATUS output if HT/VHT has been disabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-08-02 17:41:01 +03:00
Wu Gao
551817a582 AP: Disable VHT in WEP configuration
This was already done for HT, but VHT has the same constraint on not
allowing WEP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-08-02 17:31:48 +03:00
Chaitanya T K
f5728d0a82 nl80211: Fix segfault when params->freq is NULL for AP mode start
If params->freq is NULL here, it leads to a segfault. Do not initialize
bss->bandwidth if params->freq is NULL.

Signed-off-by: Chaitanya T K <Chaitanya.Mgit@gmail.com>
2016-07-23 22:06:10 +03:00
Masashi Honma
3388e7b96f mesh: Remove HT IEs if HT is disabled
Previously, HT capability IE and HT information IE were included in
Beacon and Mesh Peering Open/Confirm frames even if HT is disabled with
disable_ht=1. This patch removes these.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2016-07-23 22:04:16 +03:00
Masashi Honma
4ac2ea5738 mesh: Make DTIM period configurable
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2016-07-23 21:58:04 +03:00
Nishant Chaprana
0f282c76ee P2Ps: Clear existing value when peer stops sending adv_service_instance
If a peer stops sending adv_service_instance, we should clear the
existing dev->info.p2ps_instance.

This commit fixes the following scenario:

When peer device stops sending adv_service_instance, wpa_supplicant did
not remove old dev->info.p2ps_instance from device's property. This
variable should be updated as per peer behavior and should be cleared
when peer stops sending this information.

Signed-off-by: Nishant Chaprana <n.chaprana@samsung.com>
2016-07-23 20:55:52 +03:00
Erik Ljungberg
4d7aab78bd Make driver flags available through control interface
This shows the current set of driver flags in wpa_cli and hostapd_cli.

Signed-off-by: Erik Ljungberg <erik.ljungberg@sonymobile.com>
2016-07-23 20:46:20 +03:00
MAYANK HAARIT
77d468e4db P2P: Cleanup by removing unnecessary os_free() call from p2p_deinit()
Remove the unnecessary os_free() call from p2p_deinit() since
p2p_flush() called just above this takes care of freeing
p2p->after_scan_tx and the second call here ends up being no-op
os_free(NULL) in practice.

Signed-off-by: Mayank Haarit <mayank.h@samsung.com>
2016-07-23 20:35:56 +03:00
Masashi Honma
e347cafe57 mesh: Report mesh peer AID to kernel
Previously, mesh power management functionality works only with kernel
MPM. Because user space MPM did not report mesh peer AID to kernel,
the kernel could not identify the bit in TIM element. So this patch
reports mesh peer AID to kernel.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2016-07-23 20:26:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e3227c32f0 Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2016-07-01.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-07-23 20:25:28 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
6c34b9c2d2 Assign QCA vendor attribute for setting TX fail count threshold
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-07-22 20:10:06 +03:00
zhangq
52fec3669c Assign QCA vendor attributes for set retry configuration
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-07-22 00:35:37 +03:00
Chandrasekaran, Manishekar
1c8fe68f62 QCA vendor command to configure conditional switch channel for AP
This commit introduces a new vendor sub command
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SAP_CONDITIONAL_CHAN_SWITCH and associated
attributes which aim to configure selected frequencies on which the AP
can conditionally switch onto for preferred operation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-07-22 00:35:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
460e5cdf43 OpenSSL: Fix OpenSSL 1.1.0 DH operation
Commit 49fe2ada20 ('OpenSSL: Support
OpenSSL 1.1.0 DH opacity') started using the new accessor functions, but
used incorrect success check for the DH_set0_key() call. This resulted
in dh5_init_fixed() failures and double-free on error path if the build
was linked against OpenSSL 1.1.0. Fix this by checking DH_set0_key()
return value to be 1 for the success case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-07-15 13:30:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f465c32dc2 Interworking: Define control interface message prefixes in wpa_ctrl.h
These control interface event message are used by external programs, so
define them a bit more formally in the header file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-07-11 21:56:56 +03:00
Peng Xu
a6f5b1937a P2P: Allow P2P listen being offloaded to the driver/firmware
This allows P2P Listen to be offloaded to device to enhance power
saving.

To start P2P listen offload, from wpa_cli interface, issue the command:
	p2p_lo_start <freq> <period> <interval> <count>

To stop P2P listen offload, issue the command:
	p2p_lo_stop

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-07-03 22:36:58 +03:00
Peng Xu
35d6655755 nl80211: P2P Listen offload vendor command definitions
Define QCA vendor commands, events, and attributes for P2P
Listen offload.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-07-03 19:13:42 +03:00
Saurav Babu
4ac5f2f8f4 Add text name for WPA_KEY_MGMT_WPA_NONE key_mgmt value
This will output WPA-NONE for WPA_KEY_MGMT_WPA_NONE key_mgmt value in
STATUS command.

Signed-off-by: Saurav Babu <saurav.babu@samsung.com>
2016-07-03 19:13:41 +03:00
Saurav Babu
f0e84057fb nl80211: Provide frequency in EVENT_ASSOC when IBSS is joined
Provides operating frequency in EVENT_ASSOC when IBSS is joined so that
wpa_s->assoc_freq can be updated when any IBSS network is joined.

Signed-off-by: Saurav Babu <saurav.babu@samsung.com>
2016-07-03 19:13:41 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
9607a1aef7 nl80211: Keep QCA vendor extensions together
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2016-06-30 00:25:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d02e549831 mesh: Rename MPM FSM states to match the standard
During the P802.11s draft development, there were separate LISTEN and
IDLE states. However, the current IEEE 802.11 standards uses only the
IDLE state while the implementation called this LISTEN. Rename the state
in the implementation to match the one used in the standard to avoid
confusion. In addition, rename OPEN_{SENT,RCVD} to OPN_{SNT,RCVD} to
match the exact spelling of these states in the standard.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-28 22:53:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d735811329 tests: Add TEST_FAIL() to hostapd_get_aid()
This allows additional testing coverage for AID unavailability cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-28 20:44:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
37fd0be2d3 Add CTRL-EVENT-CHANNEL-SWITCH event to indicate channel changes
This provides information of the channel switch to wpa_supplicant
control interface monitors.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-27 21:10:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e6804fef93 OpenSSL: Update to match the modified DH_get0_key() API
OpenSSL 1.1.0 (master branch) apparently ended up modifying the API
after the beta 2 release that was supposed to complete the work. Mark
the variables const to fix the compilation with the modified OpenSSL
API.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-25 00:35:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
617593c37f Assign vendor specific elements for early HE testing
These elements can be used for pre-standard publication testing of HE
before P802.11ax draft assigns the element ID. The payload of these
vendor specific elements is defined by the latest P802.11ax draft.
Please note that the draft is still work in progress and the element
payload is subject to change.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-24 19:02:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4874b78290 PAE: Use big endian version in current_peer_id.mn to be more consistent
This gets rid of sparse warnings related to mismatching annotation and
byte swapping.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-24 19:02:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ce256b4a49 PAE: Use sci->port more consistently
This is now annotated as be16, so use it as such in all cases instead of
first storing host byte order value and then swapping that to big endian
in other instances of the same structure. This gets rid of number of
sparse warnings.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-24 19:02:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2f13e54dfc wired: Silence sparse warning on redefinition of IFNAMSIZ
driver_wired.c pulls in utils/common.h before net/if.h as a workaround
for NetBSD build. This results in IFNAMSIZ getting redefined and sparse
warning about this. Silence that warning by undefining the IFNAMSIZ
definition from common.h to allow the one from net/if.h being used. In
addition, remove duplicated inclusion of net/if.h.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-24 19:02:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
82ffcba755 Move extern declarations for ext_password backends into a header file
This gets rid of a sparse warning and also allows the compatibility of
the declarations to be verified (a missing const declaration is fixed
here as well).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-24 19:02:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
39ab6a5de2 Move extern declarations for driver ops into a header file
This gets rid of number of sparse warnings and also allows the
compatibility of the declarations to be verified (number of missing
const declarations are fixed here as well).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-24 19:02:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4775471816 nl80211: Mark wpa_driver_nl80211_get_macaddr() static
This function is not used outside this file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-24 19:02:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ebae413550 Fix a debug print in p2p_manager_disconnect()
fc2str() expects to get the 16-bit frame control value in host byte
order.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-24 19:02:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
582121b038 OpenSSL: Silence sparse warnings in fips186_2_prf()
Use WPA_PUT_BE32() instead of inplace conversion with host_to_be32() to
avoid sparse warnings.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-24 19:02:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
451e094c7e dhcp_snoop: Silence a sparse warning
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-24 19:02:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bbae0f03aa ndisc_snoop: Include ndisc_snoop.h to check prototypes
This allows the compiler to check that function prototypes match the
implementation. In addition, this gets rid of sparse warnings.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-24 19:02:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
99a716ac91 TNCS: Mark functions static
These are called through function pointers, so no need to make the
function symbols directly available outside this file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-24 19:02:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
799a7ed8a9 PAE: Mark ieee802_1x_kay_deinit_data_key() static
This function is not used outside this file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-24 01:40:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4e7f5a4a2a PAE: Use be16/be32 instead of u16/u32 for spartse
This converts some of the PAE code to use a design that gets rid
unnecessary warnings from sparse and allows more thorough validation of
byte order operations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-24 01:38:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ac36b133aa TNCC: Mark functions static
These are called through function pointers, so no need to make the
function symbols directly available outside this file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-24 01:38:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
50a17a76e1 tests: Declare module test functions in a header file
This gets rid of number of warnings from sparse.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-23 18:26:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3e624369cb tests: Mark some module test arrays static
These are not used outside the source code file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-23 18:11:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fad6485c56 radiotap: Silence sparse warnings about byte order swapping
These little endian fields were not marked properly and the type case in
the get_unaligned_* helper macros were causing warnings from sparse.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-23 18:08:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
94c4d78ef1 FST: Make fst_action_names static
This is not used outside this file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-23 17:48:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
82c734c28c FST: Fix byte order of couple of fields on big endian hosts
Couple of fsts_id and llt fields were not properly swapped from host
byte order to little endian byte order used in the frames. Fix this and
use the le32 type to make this more consistent and verifiable with
sparse.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-23 17:46:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3787c91da0 OpenSSL: Pull in header files to check function prototypes
Since crypto_openssl.c is now implementing couple of functions
internally, pull in the relevant header files md5.h and aes_wrap.h to
make sure the function declaration are consistent.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-23 13:35:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6013bbe04f TDLS: Declare tdls_testing as extern in a header file
This gets rid of a sparse warning with CONFIG_TDLS_TESTING builds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-23 13:31:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0e672b89e7 trace: Define externs in a header file
This gets rid of some unnecessary strace warnings from test builds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-23 13:28:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6527b52ead Undefine __bitwise before defining it for sparse
This gets rid of a compiler warning due to a bit different construction
in linux/types.h.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-23 13:23:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
468b7b12a6 Fix hostapd_sta_add() call to use NULL as the pointer instead of 0
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-23 13:14:17 +03:00
Cedric Izoard
04c18fa04b curl: Don't free memory for subjectAltName before calling callback
Freeing memory for subjectAltName in parse_cert(), will give cert_cb
pointers to freed memory zone that may already been overwritten. Memory
for subjectAltName is released in parse_cert_free().

Signed-off-by: Cedric Izoard <cedric.izoard@ceva-dsp.com>
2016-06-19 22:11:36 +03:00
Masashi Honma
d70a8ab1e3 mesh: Ignore crowded peer
The "Accepting Additional Mesh Peerings bit == 0" means the peer cannot
accept any more peers, so suppress attempt to open a connection to such
a peer.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2016-06-19 20:18:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3b6deac0e7 mesh: Avoid use of hardcoded cipher
This moves pairwise, group, and management group ciphers to various mesh
data structures to avoid having to hardcode cipher in number of places
through the code. While CCMP and BIP are still the hardcoded ciphers,
these are now set only in one location.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-19 20:18:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f868d5607d mesh: Clean up AMPE element encoding and parsing
The AMPE element includes number of optional and variable length fields
and those cannot really be represented by a fixed struct
ieee80211_ampe_ie. Remove the optional fields from the struct and
build/parse these fields separately.

This is also adding support for IGTKdata that was completely missing
from the previous implementation. In addition, Key RSC for MGTK is now
filled in and used when configuring the RX MGTK for a peer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-19 20:18:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4367eec439 mesh: Do not use RX MGTK as RX IGTK
The previous implementation was incorrect in forcing the MGTK to be used
as the IGTK as well. Define new variable for storing IGTK and use that,
if set, to configure IGTK to the driver. This commit does not yet fix
AMPE element parsing to fill in this information.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-19 20:18:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a4eec3c230 mesh: Use variable length MGTK for RX
This extends the data structures to allow variable length MGTK to be
stored for RX. This is needed as an initial step towards supporting
different cipher suites.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-19 20:18:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b02f4d058c mesh: Add variable length MTK support
This is needed as a part in enabling support for different pairwise
ciphers in mesh.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-19 20:18:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
18aca1a07d mesh: Use ieee80211w profile parameter
This is initial step in fixing issues in how PMF configuration for RSN
mesh was handled. PMF is an optional capability for mesh and it needs to
be configured consistently in both hostapd structures (to get proper
RSNE) and key configuration (not included in this commit).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-18 15:52:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b8b499e4a4 mesh: Use WPA_NONCE_LEN macro
No need to use the magic value 32 here since there is a generic define
for the RSN-related nonce values.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-18 15:52:54 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
bb4e19e3f4 hostapd: Skip hostapd ACL check for drivers supporting ACL offload
Commit 0603bcb7fe ('hostapd: Process MAC
ACLs on a station association event (SME in driver)') processes MAC ACL
on a station association event for drivers which use AP SME offload but
does not consider the scenario where the drivers offload ACL. This can
result in station disconnection, though the driver accepts the
connection. Address this by avoiding the hostapd ACL check for the
drivers offloading MAC ACL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-17 20:45:35 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
d1296da643 Reserve QCA vendor specific nl80211 command 121
This is reserved for QCA use.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-17 00:10:16 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
52a6c9c9e8 Add a QCA vendor command to configure AP parameters
This commit also introduces a new attribute MANDATORY_FREQUENCY_LIST
which aims for AP operation in a channel that ensures best concurrency
sessions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-16 18:38:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cc27c8e680 hostapd: Fix early init failure path
eloop deinit calls could trigger segmentation fault if the early error
path is hit before eloop_init() gets called.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-13 00:37:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
976dfb3237 FST: Make fst_global_deinit() more robust
Verify that fst_global_init() has been called before deinitializing the
global FST context. This makes it a bit easier to handle failure paths
from initialization.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-13 00:37:14 +03:00
Masashi Honma
7a69fad7ad mesh: Sync max peer links with kernel
Set max peer links to kernel even when wpa_supplicant MPM is used. This
sets the correct value for the "Accepting Additional Mesh Peerings bit"
in "Mesh Capability field" in "Mesh Configuration element" in the Beacon
frame.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2016-06-12 21:49:05 +03:00
David Woodhouse
c3d7fb7e27 OpenSSL: Initialise PKCS#11 engine even if found with ENGINE_by_id()
Recent versions of engine_pkcs11 are set up to be autoloaded on demand
with ENGINE_by_id() because they don't need explicit configuration.

But if we *do* want to explicitly configure them with a PKCS#11 module
path, we should still do so.

We can't tell whether it was already initialised, but it's harmless to
repeat the MODULE_PATH command if it was.

Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
Tested-by: Michael Schaller <misch@google.com>
2016-06-11 12:21:08 +03:00
Paul Stewart
fdc1188a85 nl80211: Fix use-after-free in qca_nl80211_get_features()
Any data accessible from nla_data() is freed before the
send_and_recv_msgs() function returns, therefore we need to allocate
space for info.flags ourselves.

Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
2016-06-11 12:12:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8359472589 hostapd Make GAS Address3 field selection behavior configurable
gas_address3=1 can now be used to force hostapd to use the IEEE 802.11
standards compliant Address 3 field value (Wildcard BSSID when not
associated) even if the GAS request uses non-compliant address (AP
BSSID).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-10 22:13:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6996ff7b6d hostapd: Fix Public Action frame TX status processing for wildcard BSSID
Previously all TX status events with wildcard BSSID were ignored. This
did not allow Public Action frame TX status to be processed with the
corrected wildcard BSSID use. Fix this to be allowed. In practice, this
affects only test cases since Action frame TX status was not used for
anything else.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-10 21:44:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
78a3632765 hostapd: Fix Public Action frame addressing (BSSID field)
IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 10.19 (Public Action frame addressing) specifies
that the wildcard BSSID value is used in Public Action frames that are
transmitted to a STA that is not a member of the same BSS. hostapd used
to use the actual BSSID value for all such frames regardless of whether
the destination STA is a member of the BSS.

Fix this by using the wildcard BSSID in cases the destination STA is not
a member of the BSS. Leave group addressed case as-is (i.e., the actual
BSSID), since both values are accepted. No such frames are currently
used, though.

This version is still using the AP BSSID value in the Address 3 field
for GAS response frames when replying to a GAS request with AP BSSID
instead of Wildcard BSSID. This is left as a workaround to avoid
interoperability issues with deployed STA implementations that are still
using the non-compliant address and that might be unable to process the
standard compliant case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-10 21:44:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a5a187b0f4 nl80211: Add TEST_FAIL() to command generation and set_mode
This makes it easier to test error paths for failing driver command
cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-05 00:13:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
92a515b869 nl80211: Update drv->assoc_freq on mesh join
This is needed to provide the correct frequency in SIGNAL_POLL command.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-04 21:30:18 +03:00
Kanchanapally, Vidyullatha
cc9a2575ca nl80211: Use extended capabilities per interface type
This adds the necessary changes to support extraction and use of the
extended capabilities specified per interface type (a recent
cfg80211/nl80211 extension). If that information is available,
per-interface values will be used to override the global per-radio
value.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-05-31 21:35:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c6edea0df6 Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2016-05-31.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-05-31 18:49:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9a5160f5fb Report connection timeouts in CTRL-EVENT-ASSOC-REJECT
Add a new "timeout" argument to the event message if the nl80211 message
indicates that the connection failure is not due to an explicit AP
rejection message. This makes it easier for external programs to figure
out why the connection failed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-05-31 00:11:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dad0129227 mesh: Support simple SAE group negotiation case
This allows the simplest case of SAE group negotiation to occur by
selecting the next available group if the peer STA indicates the
previous one was not supported. This is not yet sufficient to cover all
cases, e.g., when both STAs need to change their groups, but at least
some cases are no covered.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-05-30 21:14:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9c10be3f71 mesh: Fix error path handling in init OOM cases
hostapd deinit functions were not ready to handle a case where the data
structures were not fully initialized. Make these more robust to allow
wpa_supplicant mesh implementation to use the current deinit design in
OOM error cases without causing NULL pointer dereferences.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-05-30 01:05:16 +03:00
David Benjamin
1cece2fafb OpenSSL: Comment out tls_connection_get_eap_fast_key without EAP-FAST
This avoids internal access of structs and also removes the dependency
on the reimplemented TLS PRF functions when EAP-FAST support is not
enabled. Notably, BoringSSL doesn't support EAP-FAST, so there is no
need to access its internals with openssl_get_keyblock_size().

Signed-Off-By: David Benjamin <davidben@google.com>
2016-05-23 21:22:33 +03:00
David Benjamin
7358170787 TLS: Split tls_connection_prf() into two functions
Most protocols extracting keys from TLS use RFC 5705 exporters which is
commonly implemented in TLS libraries. This is the mechanism used by
EAP-TLS. (EAP-TLS actually predates RFC 5705, but RFC 5705 was defined
to be compatible with it.)

EAP-FAST, however, uses a legacy mechanism. It reuses the TLS internal
key block derivation and derives key material after the key block. This
is uncommon and a misuse of TLS internals, so not all TLS libraries
support this. Instead, we reimplement the PRF for the OpenSSL backend
and don't support it at all in the GnuTLS one.

Since these two are very different operations, split
tls_connection_prf() in two. tls_connection_export_key() implements the
standard RFC 5705 mechanism that we expect most TLS libraries to
support. tls_connection_get_eap_fast_key() implements the
EAP-FAST-specific legacy mechanism which may not be implemented on all
backends but is only used by EAP-FAST.

Signed-Off-By: David Benjamin <davidben@google.com>
2016-05-23 20:40:12 +03:00
David Benjamin
f150db6c83 OpenSSL: Remove two more accesses of ssl_ctx->cert_store
Commit 68ae4773a4 ('OpenSSL: Use library
wrapper functions to access cert store') fixed most of these, but missed
a few.

Signed-Off-By: David Benjamin <davidben@google.com>
2016-05-23 19:08:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9ce3e61091 nl80211: Add TEST_FAIL() to nl80211_set_mac_addr()
This makes it easier to test some error paths in wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-05-22 18:08:55 +03:00
Kanchanapally, Vidyullatha
4d916ed6c5 nl80211: Register for only for specific Action frames in AP mode
This makes changes such that hostapd (and wpa_supplicant AP mode)
registers to kernel for specific Action frames instead of generically
registering for all Action frames. This makes it easier for other
programs to register for some Action frames that hostapd does not handle
today without having to somehow coordinate directly with hostapd.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-05-21 00:07:42 +03:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
467fc149d3 P2PS: Correct config_methods for different P2P cases
Add P2PS config flag only when config_methods are set. This restores the
pre-P2PS behavioer for the cases where Display or Keypad config method
is specified for a peer (i.e., do not add the new P2PS method in that
case).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-05-19 19:16:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9d136b00ac EAP-SAKE: Do not debug print result if eap_sake_compute_mic() fails
This gets rid of a valgrind warning on uninitialized memory read in the
eap_proto_sake_errors test case where the result was used after the
failed eap_sake_compute_mic() call.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-05-16 22:26:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0884633577 EAP-PAX: Do not debug print result if eap_pax_mac() fails
This gets rid of a valgrind warning on uninitialized memory read in the
eap_proto_pax_errors test case where the result was used after the
failed eap_pax_mac() call.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-05-16 22:25:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
92abe3782f EAP-FAST: Check sha1_t_prf() result in eap_fast_get_cmk()
This gets rid of a valgrind warning on uninitialized memory read in the
eap_proto_fast_errors test case where the result was used after the
failed sha1_t_prf() call.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-05-16 22:24:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
636a23881b WPS: Check sha256_vector() result in wps_build_oob_dev_pw()
This gets rid of a valgrind warning on uninitialized memory read in the
wpas_ctrl_error test case where the result was used after the failed
sha256_vector() call.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-05-16 21:06:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2c3d95c7e0 Check md5_vector() result in decrypt_ms_key()
This gets rid of a valgrind warning on uninitialized memory read in the
hostapd_oom_wpa2_eap_connect test case where the result is used after
failed md5_vector() call.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-05-16 20:08:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
38eee0f599 Check hmac_md5() result in radius_msg_verify_msg_auth()
This gets rid of a valgrind warning on uninitialized memory read in the
hostapd_oom_wpa2_eap_connect test case where memcmp is used after failed
hmac_md5() call.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-05-16 20:07:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
05dad946b3 Check md5_vector() result in radius_msg_verify()
This gets rid of a valgrind warning on uninitialized memory read in the
hostapd_oom_wpa2_eap test case where memcmp is used after failed
md5_vector() call.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-05-16 20:07:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
aae125e2cf WPS: Fix debug prints in wps_derive_psk() error case
Check for hmac_sha256() failures and exit from wps_derive_psk() without
printing out the derived keys if anything fails. This removes a valgrind
warning on uninitialized value when running the ap_wps_m3_oom test case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-05-16 19:35:03 +03:00
SiWon Kang
7a1887faec wpa_cli: Add backspace key process for some terminal
In some terminal, verified with gtkterm and teraterm, backspace key is
not properly processed. For instance, type 'abc', 3 times of backspace
key press then '123' shows the result of 'abc123' instead of '123'. To
fix this, add a routine to process '\b' character input when using
edit_simple.c instead of edit.c (i.e., without CONFIG_WPA_CLI_EDIT=y).

Signed-off-by: Siwon Kang <kkangshawn@gmail.com>
2016-05-13 18:48:45 +03:00
Johannes Berg
d58b60da87 drivers: Add NEED_RADIOTAP
If there's ever a driver that, like nl80211, requires radiotap,
we need to have a NEED_RADIOTAP variable to avoid trying to link
the radiotap helpers twice. Introduce that.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
2016-05-13 18:29:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6a9681e90c OpenSSL: Make dh5_init() match the generic implementation
Commit 4104267e81 ('Fix memory leak on NFC
DH generation error path') modified the generic (non-OpenSSL)
implementation of dh5_init() to free the previously assigned public key,
if any. However, that commit did not modify the OpenSSL specific version
of this function. Add the same change there to maintain consistent
behavior between these two implementations of the same function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-05-13 18:25:57 +03:00
Rujun Wang
46bac6520d WPS: Fix segmentation fault in new DH key derivation
Commit 4104267e81 ('Fix memory leak on NFC
DH generation error path') modified dh5_init() behavior in the
non-OpenSSL implementation to free the public key (if any was previously
set). However, this did not update one of the callers to make sure the
publ argument in the call is initialized. This could result in trying to
free invalid pointer and segmentation fault when hostapd or
wpa_supplicant was built against some other crypto library than OpenSSL.

Signed-off-by: Rujun Wang <chinawrj@gmail.com>
2016-05-13 18:25:47 +03:00
David Benjamin
e4471338c6 OpenSSL: BoringSSL has SSL_get_client_random(), etc.
BoringSSL added OpenSSL 1.1.0's SSL_get_client_random() and friends in
working towards opaquifying the SSL struct. But it, for the moment,
still looks more like 1.0.2 than 1.1.0 and advertises
OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER as such. This means that there is no need to
define those in BoringSSL and defining them causes conflicts. (C does
not like having static and non-static functions with the same name.)

As requested, this is conditioned on defined(BORINGSSL_API_VERSION) so
wpa_supplicant may continue to support older BoringSSLs for a time.
(BoringSSL revisions without the accessors predate BoringSSL maintaining
a BORINGSSL_API_VERSION.)

Also add a missing opensslv.h include. tls_openssl.c is sensitive to
OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER, so it should include the header directly rather
than rely on another header to do so.

Signed-off-by: David Benjamin <davidben@google.com>
2016-05-10 19:36:46 +03:00
Paul Stewart
0fe5a23424 Remove newlines from wpa_supplicant config network output
Spurious newlines output while writing the config file can corrupt the
wpa_supplicant configuration. Avoid writing these for the network block
parameters. This is a generic filter that cover cases that may not have
been explicitly addressed with a more specific commit to avoid control
characters in the psk parameter.

Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
2016-05-02 11:08:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ecbb0b3dc1 WPS: Reject a Credential with invalid passphrase
WPA/WPA2-Personal passphrase is not allowed to include control
characters. Reject a Credential received from a WPS Registrar both as
STA (Credential) and AP (AP Settings) if the credential is for WPAPSK or
WPA2PSK authentication type and includes an invalid passphrase.

This fixes an issue where hostapd or wpa_supplicant could have updated
the configuration file PSK/passphrase parameter with arbitrary data from
an external device (Registrar) that may not be fully trusted. Should
such data include a newline character, the resulting configuration file
could become invalid and fail to be parsed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-05-02 11:08:25 +03:00
Rafał Miłecki
f4830bed66 nl80211: Try running without mgmt frame subscription (driver AP SME)
One of supported code paths already allows this scenario. It is used if
driver doesn't report NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME and doesn't support
monitor interface. In such situation:
1) We don't quit if subscribing for WLAN_FC_STYPE_PROBE_REQ fails
2) We don't try subscribing for WLAN_FC_STYPE_ACTION
3) We fallback to AP SME mode after failing to create monitor interface
4) We don't quit if subscribing for WLAN_FC_STYPE_PROBE_REQ fails
Above scenario is used, e.g., with brcmfmac. As you can see - thanks to
events provided by cfg80211 - it's not really required to receive Probe
Request or action frames.

However, the previous implementation did not allow using hostapd with
drivers that:
1) Report NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME
2) Don't support subscribing for PROBE_REQ and/or ACTION frames
In case of using such a driver hostapd will cancel setup after failing
to subscribe for WLAN_FC_STYPE_ACTION. I noticed it after setting flag
WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME in brcmfmac driver for my experiments.

This patch allows working with such drivers with just a small warning
printed as debug message.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
2016-04-28 20:47:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
60d9f67c68 WPS: Explicitly clear wpabuf memory with key information
This reduces duration that private keying material might remain in the
process memory by clearing wpabuf data used in WPS operations when there
is possibility of the buffer including keys or related material.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-28 20:32:15 +03:00
Bala Krishna Bhamidipati
a911227061 Add assocresp_elements parameter for hostapd
This new parameter allows hostapd to add Vendor Specific elements into
(Re)Association Response frames similarly to the way vendor_elements
parameter can be used for Beacon and Probe Response frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-20 13:12:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
49fe2ada20 OpenSSL: Support OpenSSL 1.1.0 DH opacity
The OpenSSL 1.1.0 Beta 2 release made DH opaque and that broke
compilation of crypto_openssl.c. Fix this by using the new accessor
functions when building against OpenSSL 1.1.0 or newer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-04-20 01:20:00 +03:00
Günther Kelleter
b92d2a57ef FT: Fix RRB for FT over-the-air case
Commit 66d464067d ('FT: Register RRB
l2_packet only if FT-over-DS is enabled') disabled RRB l2_packet socket
if ft_over_ds is disabled, but this socket is required for FT
over-the-air, too (FT key distribution). Enable the socket regardless of
ft_over_ds setting if FT is enabled.

Signed-off-by: Günther Kelleter <guenther.kelleter@devolo.de>
2016-04-19 00:57:17 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
ac7aea862f Assign QCA vendor command/attributes for set/get wifi configuration
This adds QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SET_WIFI_CONFIGURATION and
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_GET_WIFI_CONFIGURATION and the attributes used
with these commands.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-19 00:49:33 +03:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
57b38882e5 P2P: Add P2P_GROUP_MEMBER command to fetch client interface address
This allows local GO to fetch the P2P Interface Address of a P2P Client
in the group based on the P2P Device Address for the client. This
command should be sent only on a group interface (the same peer may be
in multiple concurrent groups).

Usage:
P2P_GROUP_MEMBER <P2P Device Address>

Output:
<P2P Interface Address>

Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <pkushwah@qti.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-19 00:41:16 +03:00
Lior David
0ee8925098 P2P: Trigger event when invitation is accepted
Trigger an event when wpa_supplicant accepts an invitation to re-invoke
a persistent group. Previously wpa_supplicant entered group formation
without triggering any specific events and it could confuse clients,
especially when operating with a driver that does not support
concurrency between P2P and infrastructure connection.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-18 16:57:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bd86ea0808 nl80211: Get rid of unused assignment warning
The os_snprintf() call here cannot really fail in practice, but since
its result was stored into the local variable and not checked, static
analyzers could warn about the unused assignment. Clean this up by
checking the return value.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-04-17 18:43:30 +03:00
Roy Marples
18ae3a675c bsd: Set level correctly for non FreeBSD systems
Only FreeBSD treats rssi as dBm, other BSD have no special meaning to
rssi.

Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2016-04-17 18:34:22 +03:00
Beni Lev
b5d172e578 nl80211: Add support for global RRM flag
Set the global RRM flag if global RRM is supported by the device. Also,
allow RRM in (Re)Association Request frame if the global RRM flag is
set.

Signed-off-by: Beni Lev <beni.lev@intel.com>
2016-04-17 12:41:44 +03:00
Beni Lev
a7f0bb7000 driver: Add global RRM support flag
This flag indicates that RRM can be used in (Re)Association Request
frames, without supporting quiet period.

Signed-off-by: Beni Lev <beni.lev@intel.com>
2016-04-17 12:37:08 +03:00
David Spinadel
864b95225c nl80211: Register to receive Radio Measurement Request frames
Register to receive Radio Measurement Request frames since LCI request
is supported by wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2016-04-17 12:32:14 +03:00
David Spinadel
220754c553 hostapd: Add FTM range request
Add FTM range request via RRM. The AP sends Radio measurement request
with FTM range request as a request for the receiving STA to send FTM
requests to the given list of APs. The neighbor report part of the
request is taken from the neighbor database.

The control interface command is:

REQ_RANGE <dst addr> <rand_int> <min_ap> <responder> [<responder>..]

dst addr: MAC address of an associated STA
rand_int: Randomization Interval (0..65535) in TUs
min_ap: Minimum AP Count (1..15); minimum number of requested FTM ranges
	between the associated STA and the listed APs
responder: List of BSSIDs for neighboring APs for which a measurement
	is requested

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2016-04-17 12:29:12 +03:00
David Spinadel
f4f185a224 hostapd: Add LCI request
Add a hostapd control interface command REQ_LCI to request LCI from an
associated station using radio measurement.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2016-04-17 12:29:12 +03:00
David Spinadel
629e1804da hostapd: Save RM enabled capability of station
Save RM enabled capability element of an associating station if radio
measurement is supported in its capability field.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2016-04-17 12:29:12 +03:00
David Spinadel
2572df34b2 hostapd: Handle Neighbor Report Request frame
Process Neighbor Report Request frame and send Neighbor Report Response
frame based on the configured neighbor report data.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2016-04-17 12:29:07 +03:00
David Spinadel
061269b316 hostapd: Add own neighbor report data to neighbor database
Add own neighbor report data to neighbor database based on local LCI and
location civic data.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2016-04-16 21:05:40 +03:00
David Spinadel
9b4b226426 hostapd: Add a database of neighboring APs
Add a configurable neighbor database that includes the content of
Nighbor Report element, LCI and Location Civic subelements and SSID.

All parameters for a neighbor must be updated at once; Neighbor Report
element and SSID are mandatory, LCI and civic are optional. The age of
LCI is set to the time of neighbor update.

The control interface API is:
SET_NEIGHBOR <BSSID> <ssid=SSID> <nr=data> [lci=<data>] [civic=<data>]

To delete a neighbor use:
REMOVE_NEIGHBOR <BSSID> <SSID>

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2016-04-16 21:05:40 +03:00
David Spinadel
010182120d hostapd: Extend the configuration of RRM capabilities
Extend the radio_measurements parameter to save all the supported
RRM capabilities as it's used in RM enabled capabilities element.

Make this parameter not directly configurable via config file (though,
keep the radio_measurements parameter for some time for backwards
compatibility). Instead, add a configuration option to enable neighbor
report via radio measurements. Other features can be added later as
well.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2016-04-16 21:05:39 +03:00
David Spinadel
624b8a061f utils: Add ssid_parse() function
Add a function that parses SSID in text or hex format. In case of the
text format, the SSID is enclosed in double quotes. In case of the hex
format, the SSID must include only hex digits and not be enclosed in
double quotes. The input string may include other arguments after the
SSID.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2016-04-16 21:05:37 +03:00
David Spinadel
e4fbc8d423 Add measurement and neighbor report definitions
Add measurement report definitions from Table 9-81 in IEEE
P802.11-REVmc/D5.0 "Measurement type definition for measurement
requests".

Add measurement report definitions from IEEE Std 802.11-2012 Table 8-71
"Location subject definition".

Add neighbor report bandwidth subelement definition from IEEE
P802.11-REVmc/D5.0 MC Table 9-150 - "Optional subelement IDs
neighbor report"

Add neighbor report channel width definition from IEEE
P802.11-REVmc/D5.0, Table 9-152 - "HT/VHT Operation Information
subfields".

Add definitions for neighbor report BSSID info from IEEE
P802.11-REVmc/D5.0, 9.4.2.37 Neighbor Report element.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2016-04-09 11:45:42 +03:00
David Spinadel
9d955f751e utils: Rename hostapd_parse_bin to wpabuf_parse_bin and move it
Make the function available as part of the wpabuf API.
Use this renamed function where possible.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2016-04-09 11:23:36 +03:00
David Spinadel
74e982d8d7 hostapd: Set LCI and Location Civic information in configuration
Enable configuration of LCI and location civic information in
hostapd.conf.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2016-04-09 11:18:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1854eeca19 Add POLL_STA command to check connectivity in AP mode
The hostapd "POLL_STA <addr>" control interface command can be used to
check whether an associated station ACKs a QoS Data frame. The received
ACK for such a frame is reported as an event message ("AP-STA-POLL-OK
<addr>").

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-09 00:30:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3dbfb28cfe Allow AP to disconnect STA without sending Deauth/Disassoc frame
The optional tx=0 parameter can be added to the hostapd
DEAUTHENTICATE/DISASSOCIATE command to request disconnection without
transmitting the Deauthentication/Disassociation frame to the STA.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-09 00:30:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
de92314033 Add inactive_msec into STA output
This allows external programs to fetch the driver inactivity value for a
specific STA ("STA <addr>" hostapd control interface command).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-09 00:30:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
61c101186a Extend VENDOR_ELEM parameters to cover non-P2P Probe Request frame
The new VENDOR_ELEM value 14 can now be used to add a vendor element
into Probe Request frames used by non-P2P active scans.

For example:
VENDOR_ELEM_ADD 14 dd05001122330a
and to clear that:
VENDOR_ELEM_REMOVE 14 *

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-04-09 00:30:49 +03:00
Ilan Peer
6922d440de nl80211: Implement configure_data_frame_filters() callback
Implement configure_data_frame_filters() callback by using
the net-sysfs interfaces (if these are available).

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2016-04-08 15:21:18 +03:00
Matti Gottlieb
e42adb9a75 driver: Add a packet filtering function declaration
Add a new function declaration that will allow wpa_supplicant to request
the driver to configure data frame filters for specific cases.

Add definitions that will allow frame filtering for stations as
required by Hotspot 2.0:

1. Gratuitous ARP
2. Unsolicited NA
3. Unicast IP packets encrypted with GTK

Signed-off-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
2016-04-08 13:13:55 +03:00
Ayala Beker
ae33239c55 AP: Pass station P2P PS capabilities info during station add/set
If a legacy client with no P2P PS support is trying to connect to
a P2P GO, the driver should know that, and change its PS behavior
accordingly.

Add a parameter to hostapd_sta_add_params() indicating if P2P PS is
supported by the station and pass this parameter to kernel with nl80211
driver when the station is added/set.

Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
2016-04-08 13:02:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7405bb06ca Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2016-04-06.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-04-08 13:02:49 +03:00
Ayala Beker
e52a698907 RADIUS: Fix a possible memory leak on an error path
Fix a possible memory leak in radius_msg_add_mppe_keys() if
os_get_random() fails.

Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
2016-04-08 11:40:20 +03:00
Ayala Beker
f1863f2b82 RADIUS: Fix possible memory leak when parsing per-STA passphrase
Fix a possible memory leak in decode_tunnel_passwords() if an invalid
passphrase is received from the RADIUS server.

Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
2016-04-08 11:19:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3433721c5f P2P: Continue p2p_find after sending non-success Invitation Response
This was previously handled for the case where the non-success
Invitation Response frame was sent out during the Listen phase. However,
in the case the Action frame TX ended up getting scheduled when the
Search phase scan had already started (e.g., due to the driver reporting
Invitation Request RX late enough for the Listen-to-Search transition
having already started), the postponed Action frame TX status processing
did not cover the specific case of non-success Invitation Response. This
could result in the p2p_find operation getting stopped (stuck in SEARCH
state) unexpectedly.

Fix this by calling p2p_check_after_scan_tx_continuation() from
Invitation Response TX callback handler if the invitation was rejected.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-07 21:05:28 +03:00
Manikandan Mohan
85c0f01dd8 Add QCA nl80211 vendor commands for TSF and WISA Feature
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-05 19:31:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
00e2eb3b7c RSN: Set EAPOL-Key Request Secure bit to 1 if PTK is set
The Secure bit in the Key Information field of EAPOL-Key frames is
supposed to be set to 1 when there is a security association. This was
done for other frames, but not for the EAPOL-Key Request frame where
supplicant is requesting a new PTK to be derived (either due to Michael
MIC failure report Error=1 or for other reasons with Error=0). In
practice, EAPOL-Key Request frame is only sent when there is a PTK in
place, so all such frames should have Secure=1.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-04-05 18:36:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5914ebf584 Remove struct ieee80211_mgmt::u.probe_req
This struct in the union is empty, but the design of using a zero-length
u8 array here is not fully compatible with C++ and can result in
undesired compiler warnings. This struct is not used anymore, so it can
be removed from the struct ieee80211_mgmt definition to complete the
changes started in commit d447cd596f
('Updates for stricter automatic memcpy bounds checking').

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-04-02 16:55:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
094e949265 atheros: Do not use struct ieee80211_mgmt::u.probe_req
This struct in the union is empty, but the design of using a zero-length
u8 array here is not fully compatible with C++ and can result in
undesired compiler warnings. Since there are no non-IE fields in the
Probe Request frames, get the location of the variable length IEs simply
by using the pointer to the frame header and the known header length.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-04-02 16:55:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e1b99620c9 AP: Do not use struct ieee80211_mgmt::u.probe_req
This struct in the union is empty, but the design of using a zero-length
u8 array here is not fully compatible with C++ and can result in
undesired compiler warnings. Since there are no non-IE fields in the
Probe Request frames, get the location of the variable length IEs simply
by using the pointer to the frame header and the known header length.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-04-02 16:55:01 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
f933216141 Revert "Assign QCA vendor command and attribute for Tx/Rx aggregation"
This reverts commit 4ca16b5fd7.
Configuration for this will be done using a previously assigned more
generic command. This new command
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SET_TXRX_AGGREGATION has not been used in any
driver version and won't be used, so the assigned command id can be
freed for future use.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-03-31 16:27:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f73b167c69 tests: Add TEST_FAIL() calls into OpenSSL bignum operations
This makes it easier to test error paths in bignum operations in SAE.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-03-28 01:10:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bde9a4e3de Comment out UDP/UNIX socket code from common ctrl_iface based on build
These were unreachable cases in the switch statements based on how the
build was configured.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-03-28 00:17:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0741c481ee SAE: Check SHA256-PRF operation result
While this is mostly theoretical, check explicitly that SHA256
operations in sha256_prf*() succeed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-03-27 21:44:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ea86a34667 SAE: Remove dead code in FFC pwd-value derivation
The local bits variable is set to prime_len * 8 and consequently bits %
8 cannot be anything else than 0.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-03-27 21:28:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
87faf1f22c nl80211: Fix libnl-tiny build with CONFIG_LIBNL20=y
libnl-tiny does not use the separate nl-genl library.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-03-26 12:02:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6d07e76020 wlantest: Use local ETH_P_IP define instead of linux/if_ether.h
There is no strong need for pulling in linux/if_ether.h here since all
that is needed if ETH_P_IP and we already cover multiple other ETH_P_*
values in utils/common.h.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-03-26 11:35:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
795abc8e0a Drop USE_KERNEL_HEADERS define
This was only used for providing an option to use linux/if_packet.h
instgead of netpacket/packet.h in src/ap/iapp.c. However,
netpacket/packet.h is nowadays commonly available and hostapd already
depends on it through src/l2_packet/l2_packet_linux.c, so there is no
need to continue to provide this option for the kernel header.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-03-26 11:29:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9b7cd5788a Use a separate header file for Linux bridge interface definitions
This moves the BRCTL_* defines from vlan_full.c to linux_bridge.h to
clean up header inclusion.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-03-26 11:27:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c815fab83a Use own header file for defining Linux VLAN kernel interface
This gets rid of need to include linux/if_vlan.h and additional defines
in vlan_ioctl.c to avoid issues with missing definitions in libc
headers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-03-26 11:24:38 +02:00
Jörg Krause
81606ab73b vlan: Fix musl libc conflict with Linux kernel headers
Due to both <netinet/in.h> (in "utils/includes.h") and <linux/in6.h> (in
<linux/if_bridge.h>) being included, the in6_addr is being redefined:
once from the C library headers and once from the Linux kernel headers.
This causes some build failures with for example the musl C library:

In file included from /usr/include/linux/if_bridge.h:18,
                 from ../src/ap/vlan_init.c:17:
/usr/include/linux/in6.h:32: error: redefinition of 'struct in6_addr'
/usr/include/linux/in6.h:49: error: redefinition of 'struct sockaddr_in6'
/usr/include/linux/in6.h:59: error: redefinition of 'struct ipv6_mreq'

Mixing C library and Linux kernel headers is a bit problematic [1] and
should be avoided if possible [2]. In order to fix this, define just the
macros needed from <linux/if_bridge.h> as done in Busybox for the brctl
applet [3].

[1] https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=15850
[2] http://www.openwall.com/lists/musl/2015/10/06/1
[3] https://git.busybox.net/busybox/commit/?id=5fa6d1a632505789409a2ba6cf8e112529f9db18

Signed-off-by: Jörg Krause <joerg.krause@embedded.rocks>
2016-03-26 11:02:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e86859929f vlan: Move if_nametoindex() use out of vlan_init.c
With this, vlan_init.c does not need any special header files anymore
and vlan_ifconfig.c does not need hostapd-specific header files that
might conflict with net/if.h on NetBSD.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-03-25 18:00:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7c03c08229 vlan: Move ifconfig helpers to a separate file
This removes final ioctl() use within vlan_init.c.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-03-25 17:56:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
59d6390440 vlan: Move CONFIG_FULL_DYNAMIC_VLAN functionality into a separate file
This cleans up vlan_init.c by removing number of C pre-processor
dependencies.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-03-25 17:55:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0fe28ddf17 vlan: Remove unnecessary header includes from netlink implementation
The implementation in vlan_util.c does not use many of the header files
that were pulled in.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-03-25 17:27:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
84d6755108 vlan: Clean up netlink vs. ioctl API implementation
Move the ioctl-based VLAN implementation to a separate file to avoid
need for conditional blocks within vlan_ioctl.c. This removes the
internal CONFIG_VLAN_NETLINK define, i.e., this is now used only in
build configuration (.config) to select whether to include the
vlan_util.c (netlink) or vlan_ioctl.c (ioctl) implementation of the
functions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-03-25 17:24:20 +02:00
Jörg Krause
cb38bc886e vlan: Fix musl build error
caddr_t is legacy BSD and should be avoided [1]. While glibc may still
use __caddr_t as the type, Linux kernel does not (it is "void __user *
ifru_data").

This fixes compile errors with the musl libc:

../src/ap/vlan_init.c: In function 'br_delif':
../src/ap/vlan_init.c:218:18: error: '__caddr_t' undeclared (first use in this function)
  ifr.ifr_data = (__caddr_t) args;

[1] http://stackoverflow.com/questions/6381526/what-is-the-significance-of-caddr-t-and-when-is-it-used

Signed-off-by: Jörg Krause <joerg.krause@embedded.rocks>
2016-03-25 16:57:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1126c0787d nl80211: Ignore deauth/disassoc event during Connect reassociation
cfg80211 reports a deauth/disassoc event when internally clearing
connection with the previous BSS. Ignore that event to allow the new
connect command to complete.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-03-24 22:35:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
00c3c4ac9b nl80211: Add NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID with Connect command
This makes it easier for drivers that use the Connect command instead of
separate Auth+Assoc commands to determine when to use reassociation
instead of association. Matching changes are still needed in cfg80211 to
allow this parameter to be used, but it is safe for wpa_supplicant to
start including this attribute now since it will be ignored by older
cfg80211 versions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-03-24 22:35:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8854f90bad mesh: Simplify wpa_auth_pmksa_set_to_sm()
pmksa->pmk or pmksa->pmkid cannot be NULL since they are arrays. Remove
the unnecessary NULL checks and use the provided pmksa pointer directly
to simplify the implementation. (CID 138519)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-03-22 20:38:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
32d4fe9549 privsep: Fix a compiler warning on unsigned/signed comparison
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-03-22 17:41:37 +02:00
Roy Marples
45e3fc72c6 Find correct driver for interface additions/removals
Interface additions/removals are not guaranteed to be for the driver
listening to the kernel events. As such, send the events to
wpa_supplicant_event_global() which can then pick the correct interface
registered with wpa_supplicant to send the event to.

Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2016-03-22 17:41:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
90377029c6 wpa_supplicant: Fix CONFIG_IBSS_RSN=y build without CONFIG_AP=y
Commit 1889af2e0f ('VLAN: Separate station
grouping and uplink configuration') added an ap_sta_set_vlan() function
that gets called from pmksa_cache_auth.c. This broke CONFIG_IBSS_RSN=y
build if src/ap/sta_info.c did not get included in the build, i.e., if
CONFIG_AP=y was not set.

Fix this by making the ap_sta_set_vlan() call conditional on
CONFIG_NO_VLAN being undefined and define this for CONFIG_IBSS_RSN=y
builds. This is fine for wpa_supplicant since CONFIG_AP=y case was
already defining this. For hostapd, this function call is not needed for
CONFIG_NO_VLAN case either.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-03-21 21:12:20 +02:00
Masashi Honma
9f2cf23e2e mesh: Add support for PMKSA caching
This patch add functionality of mesh SAE PMKSA caching. If the local STA
already has peer's PMKSA entry in the cache, skip SAE authentication and
start AMPE with the cached value.

If the peer does not support PMKSA caching or does not have the local
STA's PMKSA entry in the cache, AMPE will fail and the PMKSA cache entry
of the peer will be removed. Then STA retries with ordinary SAE
authentication.

If the peer does not support PMKSA caching and the local STA uses
no_auto_peer=1, the local STA can not retry SAE authentication because
NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE event cannot start SAE authentication when
no_auto_peer=1. So this patch extends MESH_PEER_ADD command to use
duration(sec). Throughout the duration, the local STA can start SAE
authentication triggered by NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE even though
no_auto_peer=1.

This commit requires commit 70c93963ed
('SAE: Fix PMKID calculation for PMKSA cache'). Without that commit,
chosen PMK comparison will fail.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2016-03-20 17:56:38 +02:00
Masashi Honma
4c522c7798 PMKSA: Flush AP/mesh PMKSA cache by PMKSA_FLUSH command
This extends the wpa_supplicant PMKSA_FLUSH control interface command to
allow the PMKSA list from the authenticator side to be flushed for AP
and mesh mode. In addition, this adds a hostapd PMKSA_FLUSH control
interface command to flush the PMKSA entries.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2016-03-20 17:37:53 +02:00
Masashi Honma
b8daac18a4 PMKSA: Show AP/mesh PMKSA list in PMKSA command
This extends the wpa_supplicant PMKSA control interface command to allow
the PMKSA list from the authenticator side to be listed for AP and mesh
mode. In addition, this adds a hostapd PMKSA control interface command
to show the same list for the AP case.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2016-03-20 17:37:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f7648c8679 P2P: Advertise IP Address Allocation only if it is enabled on GO
This group capability bit was previously added unconditionally which
could result in the P2P Client assuming the functionality is available
even though the GO would always reject the request (not reply to it with
an assigned IP address) during the 4-way handshake.

Fix this by advertising the capability only if the GO configuration
allow IP address assignment to be completed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-03-20 17:37:53 +02:00
Roy Marples
7f46ad9ee5 BSD: Only down the interface once we are sure we can work with it
Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2016-03-20 11:24:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
29eddc3d8c nl80211: Fix error path in if_indices_reason reallocation
Commit 732b1d20ec ('nl80211: Clean up
ifidx properly if interface in a bridge is removed') added
drv->if_indices_reason array similarly to the previously used
drv->if_indices. However, it had a copy-paste error here on the error
path where a reallocation failure after at least one successful
reallocation would result in the drv->if_indices being overridden
instead of restoring drv->if_indices_reason to the old value. Fix this
by setting the correct variable on the error path. (CID 138514)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-03-18 16:25:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ee298f1b1f nl80211: Do not add NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE attribute if HT is disabled
SMPS mode is applicable only for HT and including an attribute to
configure it when HT is disabled could result in the AP start operation
failing. Fix this by adding the attribute only in cases where HT is
enabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-03-18 16:16:40 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
4ca16b5fd7 Assign QCA vendor command and attribute for Tx/Rx aggregation
Assign nl80211 vendor command
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SET_TXRX_AGGREGATION and corresponding
attributes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-03-17 20:53:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
64ce5905f8 libxml2: Check for xmlDocDumpFormatMemory() error case
Since this function needs to allocate memory, it might fail. Check that
the returned memory pointer is not NULL before trying to parse the
output.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-03-16 21:49:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8b827c342f BoringSSL: Keep static analyzers happier with X509_get0_pubkey_bitstr()
While this function could return NULL if the parameter issued to it were
NULL, that does not really happen here. Anyway, since this can result in
a warning from a static analyzer that does can see the return NULL
without fully understanding what it means here, check the return value
explicitly against NULL to avoid false warnings.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-03-16 21:34:01 +02:00
Dedy Lansky
f2d6c17aa0 nl80211: Support network hierarchy of a master interface under bridge
Since commit cb05808c46 ('nl80211: Generic
Linux master interface support for hostapd'), hostapd is listening for
EAPOL frames on any master which the interface is enslaved under.

This commit allows hostapd to support network hierarchy in which the
interface is enslaved under some master which in turn is enslaved under
a bridge.

Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <qca_dlansky@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-03-09 21:03:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f85399f396 Reserve QCA vendor specific nl80211 commands 116..118
These are reserved for QCA use.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-03-08 23:08:45 +02:00
Zefir Kurtisi
3bd58861ae hostapd: Handle running out of DFS channels
In scenarios where only DFS channels are available (e.g., outdoor,
special country codes), hostapd must be able to handle situations
where all are unavailable.

The two possibilities to get there are
1) while operating on the last available DFS channel a radar is
   detected
2) hostapd is started while all channels are unavailable

In both cases, hostapd instead of terminating should better
wait for the NOPs to pass and re-try operation after the CAC.

This patch provides that feature by using the condition
(iface->state == HAPD_IFACE_DFS && !iface->cac_started)
as NOP mode signature to retry operation from within
hostapd_dfs_nop_finished().

Signed-off-by: Zefir Kurtisi <zefir.kurtisi@neratec.com>
2016-03-08 12:16:37 +02:00
Dedy Lansky
cc1af6faed FST: Fix session setup failure with peer without MB IE
Upon receiving FST setup request on old band, the peer is searched on
new band. The assumption is that MB IE from this peer on new band
previously received either in assoc event or in FST setup request.

There are cases in which above assumption doesn't work, peer is not
found and session setup fails. For example:
- STA connects over 11ac. Due to driver limitation, MB IE is not included
in assoc event
- STA connects over 11ad. MB IE included in assoc event.
- FST session established on 11ac band, with AP as initiator. i.e. FST
setup request sent in AP=>STA direction. STA searches for peer's (AP)
MB IE on 11ad band which exists.
- FST switch occur
- FST session established on 11ad band, with STA as initiator. i.e. FST
setup request sent in STA=>AP direction. AP searches for peer's (STA)
MB IE on 11ac band which are absent.

For fixing the above, consider also peers without MB IE as candidates in
the search algorithm.

Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <qca_dlansky@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-03-07 18:04:47 +02:00
Lior David
e4a1469cec P2P: Adjust service discovery maximum fragment size for 60 GHz
In the 60 GHz band, service discovery management frames are sent over
the control PHY and have a smaller maximum frame size (IEEE Std
802.11ad-2012, 21.4.3.2). Fix the code to use sufficiently small
fragment size when operating in the 60 GHz band.

The 60 GHz fragment size (928) is derived from the maximum frame size
for control PHY (1023) and subtracting 48 bytes of header size, and some
spare so we do not reach frames with the absolute maximum size.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-03-07 13:47:01 +02:00
Eliad Peller
6448e06415 hostapd: Allow use of driver-generated interface addresses
Add a new 'use_driver_iface_addr' configuration parameter to allow use
of the default interface address generated by the driver on interface
creation. This can be useful when specific MAC addresses were allocated
to the device and we want to use them for multi-BSS operation.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2016-03-06 20:00:40 +02:00
Eliad Peller
f2accfe708 AP: Save EAPOL received before Association Response ACK
There is a race condition in which AP might receive the EAPOL-Start
frame (from the just-associated station) before the TX completion of the
Association Response frame. This in turn will cause the EAPOL-Start
frame to get dropped, and potentially failing the connection.

Solve this by saving EAPOL frames from authenticated-but-not-associated
stations, and handling them during the Association Response frame TX
completion processing.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2016-03-06 17:08:12 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
56885eecf4 hostapd: Add UDP support for ctrl_iface
Add UDP support for ctrl_iface:

New config option could be set:
CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE=udp
CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE=udp-remote
CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE=udp6
CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE=udp6-remote

And hostapd_cli usage:
hostapd_cli -i localhost:8877

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2016-03-05 17:44:37 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
acf57fae76 ctrl_iface_common: Use sockaddr_storage instead of sockaddr_un
This is a step towards allowing UDP sockets to be used with the common
implementation.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2016-03-05 17:15:05 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
89b781bc89 hostapd: Use common functions for ctrl_iface
Use the common functions, structures when UNIX socket ctrl_iface used.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2016-03-05 17:15:05 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
ca974ae53f Add common ctrl_iface files
This is preparation for sharing a single implementation for ctrl_iface
functionality in wpa_supplicant and hostapd.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2016-03-05 17:15:05 +02:00
Avichal Agarwal
35986959d9 P2P: Update peer WFD IE from PD Response and GO Negotiation Response
Update the peer WFD IE information based on WFD elements received in
Provision Discovery Response and GO Negotiation Response frames.

Signed-off-by: Avichal Agarwal <avichal.a@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyeong-Chae Lim <kcya.lim@samsung.com>
2016-03-05 10:02:59 +02:00
Ilan Peer
12c1fdf19a P2P: Update peer listen channel from Probe Request frames
In case a Probe Request frame is received from a known peer P2P Device,
update the listen channel based on the P2P attributes in the Probe
Request frame. This can be useful for cases where the peer P2P Device
changed its listen channel, and the local P2P device is about to start a
GO Negotiation or invitation signaling with the peer.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2016-03-03 17:10:26 +02:00
Ayala Beker
7441698fcf nl80211: Abort an ongoing scan upon scan timeout indication
Currently, when scan is stuck in the kernel/driver/fw,
the nl80211 driver tries to recover by faking a SCAN_RESULTS flow.
However, the scan is still stuck in the kernel/driver/fw.

To avoid that stuck request, abort it upon scan timeout.

Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
2016-03-03 17:10:26 +02:00
Ilan Peer
b8f02d8baf EAP-PWD peer: Fix possible memory leak on error path
Fix possible memory leak in eap_pwd_perform_commit_exchange().

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2016-03-03 16:28:41 +02:00
Eliad Peller
4a6e9e5599 Fix CONFIG_WPA_TRACE=y compilation without CONFIG_WPA_TRACE_BFD=y
syms is defined only for WPA_TRACE_BFD:

../src/utils/trace.c: In function ‘wpa_trace_deinit’:
../src/utils/trace.c:372:7: error: ‘syms’ undeclared (first use in this function)
  free(syms);
       ^
../src/utils/trace.c:372:7: note: each undeclared identifier is reported only once for each function it appears in
make: *** [../src/utils/trace.o] Error 1
make: *** Waiting for unfinished jobs....

Add appropriate #ifdef.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2016-03-03 16:23:23 +02:00
Lior David
c58eed6dc7 P2P: Add Dev Info attribute to Probe Request frames in 60 GHz
When building P2P IE for Probe Request frames in P2P scan, add the
device information attribute if the 60 GHz band is included in the scan,
since this is required by the P2P specification.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-03-03 15:13:56 +02:00
Lior David
2b6e9f91df wpa_supplicant: Expose wpas_get_bands() and related API
Expose the functions wpas_get_bands() and wpas_freq_to_band() and the
enum wpa_radio_work_band, since they will be needed outside
wpa_supplicant.c.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-03-03 15:10:50 +02:00
Dedy Lansky
0147afa9df FST: Enlarge State Transition Timeout (STT)
STT guards the exchange of FST Action frames with the peer station.
It was observed that sometimes Action frames sending is delayed at
driver/FW layers for few hundreds millisec.

Enlarge the STT to overcome such cases.

Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <qca_dlansky@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-03-03 13:50:03 +02:00
Peng Xu
e1d00d47c7 Add error handling for offloaded ACS with vendor command failures
In case vendor ACS command returns invalid channel or hardware mode,
complete the interface setup with an error code instead of simply
return, so that hostapd can properly clean up the interface setup.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-03-03 12:19:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b9ca12a911 nl80211: Add more address fields into RX frame debug message
This makes it easier to debug issues related to Public Action frame
addressing.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-29 21:18:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
debde14b5b RADIUS: Add Acct-Delay-Time into accounting messages
This tells to the server how long we have been trying to transmit the
message so that the actual time of the message generation can be
determined from receive time (ignoring network delays and only at
accuracy of one second).

For interim updates, only value 0 is used since there are no
retransmissions of the same message. For other accounting messages, the
initial attempt goes out with value 0 and the retransmissions, if
needed, show the number of seconds the message has been waiting in the
queue.

Update the Identifier and Authenticator in the messages whenever
updating the Acct-Delay-Time per RFC 2866, 4.1 requirements.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-02-29 17:43:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
669b5324e1 RADIUS: Update full message for interim accounting updates
Instead of using the RADIUS client retransmission design with the old
RADIUS message contents for each retry, trigger a completely new interim
accounting update instance more quickly (using the same schedule as
RADIUS message retransmissions) to improve accounting updates in cases
where RADIUS message delivery fails. This allows the server to get up to
date information from the time the "retry" message was sent instead of
the old information from the time the first failed attempt was sent.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-02-29 11:52:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
902c07a7af Replace hostapd_mac_comp_empty() with is_zero_ether_addr()
There is no need to maintain two implementations of the functionality.
is_zero_ether_addr() is easier to understand, so use it.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-02-28 20:11:58 +02:00
Michael Braun
5aef495fda VLAN: Avoid use of libnl cache
Using rtnl_link_alloc_cache() is expensive as it fills in all configured
links. Using rtnl_link_get_kernel() is much more lightweight.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-02-28 20:05:17 +02:00
Michael Braun
732b1d20ec nl80211: Clean up ifidx properly if interface in a bridge is removed
When an interface is removed while it was in a bridge, the bridge was
not removed from the local ifidx list.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-02-28 19:42:40 +02:00
Michael Braun
170c545ab4 FT: Check destination MAC address on RRB receive
As the Linux variant of l2_packet_init() does not use its own_addr
argument and l2_packet_receive() does not filter on destination MAC
address, this needs to be checked in the callback.

If there are multiple BSSes listening for FT RRB packets, all their
BSSIDs need to be local to the bridge interface. As l2_packet_init() is
going to receive all of them going for any local address, those RRB
messages started turning up on BSSes that were not destinated for and
cluttering logs.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-02-28 19:23:17 +02:00
Michael Braun
57b2c9140c RADIUS: Allow RADIUS server to provide PSK instead of passphrase
If the AP is slow, passphrase hashing takes too long to serve the client
before timeout. Extend the Tunnel-Password design to allow a 64
character value to be interpreted as a PSK and send SSID to RADIUS
server. This allows the RADIUS server to either take care of passphrase
hashing or to use raw PSK without such hashing.

This is especially important for FT-PSK with FT-over-air, where hashing
cannot be deferred.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-02-28 19:06:49 +02:00
Michael Braun
d8912fd80e Cache hashed passphrase in RADIUS-based PSK delivery
Instead of copying the full struct hostapd_sta_wpa_psk_short, share the
existing entry and use reference counting to check when it needs to be
freed. This allows caching of PSKs derived from passphrases to avoid
having to perform the heavy hashing operation multiple times.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-02-28 19:06:45 +02:00
Michael Braun
f8e09bc57e Defer passphrase-to-PSK hashing out of 802.11 authentication ACL check
Hashing takes quite some time (can be about one second on a low-power
CPU for each passphrase provided), so hostapd can easily hit the 900 ms
Wi-Fi client authentication deadline (mac80211 uses 3x 300 ms). This can
be fixed by storing the passphrase instead of PSK with the STA and defer
the hashing into the WPA/RSN 4-way handshake, when enumerating all PSKs.

This applies for the case where a RADIUS server is used to store the
per-STA passphrases and this passphrase is delivered as part of the MAC
ACL check during IEEE 802.11 Authentication frame processing.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-02-28 18:46:05 +02:00
Michael Braun
cc9c805a51 VLAN: Use stack instead of heap allocation for new interface name
The VLAN ifname is limited to the maximum length of IFNAMSIZ, so there
is no need to use heap allocation for it.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-02-28 18:29:58 +02:00
Michael Braun
d48d1b88d0 FT: Use BSSID as r1_key_holder if no value is configured
r1_key_holder is an identifier that was always set to zero if unless
configured before.

See 11.6.1.7.4 of IEEE Std 802.11-2012 which reads
 "R1KH-ID is a MAC address of the holder of the PMK-R1 in the
  Authenticator of the AP"
See 12.2.2 of IEEE Std 802.11-2012 which reads
 "Each R0KH-ID and R1KH-ID is assumed to be expressed as a unique
  identifier within the mobility domain."
 "The R1KH-ID shall be set to a MAC address of the physical entity
  that stores the PMK-R1 ..."

Defaulting this to BSSID is a more reasonable value since we have not
rejected the missing r1_key_holder as invalid configuration.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-02-28 17:56:42 +02:00
Michael Braun
71456dbdf2 FT: Check hapd->wpa_auth before RRB internal delivery
A malicious station could try to do FT-over-DS with a non WPA-enabled
BSS. When this BSS is located in the same hostapd instance, internal RRB
delivery will be used and thus the FT Action Frame will be processed by
a non-WPA enabled BSS. This processing used to crash hostapd as
hapd->wpa_auth is NULL. If the target BSS is on a different hostapd
instance, it will not listen for these packets and thus not crash.

Fix this by checking hapd->wpa_auth before delivery.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-02-28 17:45:45 +02:00
Michael Braun
0270bdedcc FT: Fix R0KH-R1KH protocol data length values
The FT RRB hostapd packets have a length field. For PULL frames, it
counted the bytes starting with nonce and up to the last before pad. For
RESP frames, it counted the bytes starting with nonce and up to the last
before pad except for 2 bytes. For PUSH frames, it counted the bytes
starting with nonce and up to including pad.

As rounding is done with AES encryption, including pad does not make
sense. Not including the last field before pad does not make sense
either. These were broken in the earlier addition of the 2 octet
pairwise field in commit 1b484d60e5 ('FT:
Include pairwise cipher suite in PMK-R0 SA and PMK-R1 SA').

AES encryption is not affected, as rounding hides the differences. The
packets data_length field is not used, so the differences have no effect
there.

This patch changes the constants to match the bytes used, thus excluding
the pad. To validate the changes, look at remainder modulo 8 of the sum
of the size constants and the padding sizes.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-02-28 15:43:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
eb20cea590 nl80211: Add an option to specify the BSSID to scan for
This allows scans to be optimized when a response is needed only from a
single, known BSS.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-26 17:19:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
adf0478e8e AP: Store STA supported operating classes information
This makes hostapd track Supported Operating Classes information from
the associated STAs. The stored information is available through the STA
control interface command (supp_op_classes row) as a hexdump of the
Supported Operating Classes element starting from the Length field. This
information can be used as input to BSS transition management and
channel switching decisions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-24 12:20:31 +02:00
Dedy Lansky
077dcfb8c4 AP: Debug print management frame TX result
Inside management frame TX status callback, print the TX result where it
was missing. This is useful for debugging management frame drops.

Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <qca_dlansky@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-22 21:51:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ca911d61f3 MBO: Parse non-preferred channel list on the AP
This adds parsing of non-preferred channel list on an MBO AP. The
information in (Re)Association Request and WNM Notification Request
frames is parsed to get the initial value and updates from each
associated MBO STA. The parsed information is available through the STA
control interface command non_pref_chan[i] rows.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-22 21:17:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3f48274d0e WNM: Fix a memory leak on AP error path
If the second memory allocation in ieee802_11_send_wnmsleep_resp() were
to fail and ieee80211_11_get_tfs_ie() succeed, the wnmtfs_ie allocation
would not have been freed on the error path.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-22 19:53:05 +02:00
Michael Braun
f5ca1766dc VLAN: Fix vlan_compare() for tagged VLANs
While refactoring VLAN comparison into vlan_compare(), it was overlooked
that modifications are needed for tagged VLAN support.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-02-22 19:53:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4c572281ed MBO: Mandate use of PMF for WPA2+MBO association (AP)
If WPA2 and MBO are enabled, PMF needs to be enabled in hostapd
configuration. If PMF is optional in the configuration, an MBO STA is
required to negotiate use of PMF.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-22 19:53:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8dd49f0cff MBO: Update STA cellular data capability based on WNM Notification
This makes hostapd parse a received WNM Notification Request frame
subelements and if a WFA MBO cellular data capability subelement is
seen, update the cellular data capability for the STA.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-22 19:53:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6332aaf3b2 MBO: Track STA cellular data capability from association request
This makes hostapd parse the MBO attribute in (Re)Association Request
frame and track the cellular data capability (mbo_cell_capa=<val> in STA
control interface command).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-22 19:53:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f3cb7a6969 WNM: Minimal processing for WNM Notification Request frames on AP
Write debug log entries on receiving WNM Notification Request frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-22 19:53:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e578343457 MBO: Indicate WNM-Notification support on AP when MBO is enabled
This is needed to allow MBO STAs to send WNM Notification Request
frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-22 19:53:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
990b7b6f38 Simplify hostapd_build_ap_extra_ies() with helper functions
This removes multiple copies of wpabuf_resize() following by
wpabuf_put_{buf,data}() with the help of two simple helper functions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-22 19:53:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f4c74e1360 MBO: Parse MBO IE in ieee802_11_parse_elems()
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-02-22 19:53:04 +02:00
Avraham Stern
c0e2a172a7 hostapd: Add MBO IE to BSS Transition Management Request frame
Add an option to add MBO IE to BSS Transition Management Request frame.
The MBO IE includes the transition reason code, cellular data connection
preference, and, if the disassoc imminent bit is set, it may also
include re-association retry delay. Otherwise, the re-association retry
delay should be set to zero.

The additional BSS_TM_REQ argument uses the following format:
mbo=<reason>:<reassoc delay>:<cell pref>
reason: 0-9
reassoc delay: 0-65535 (seconds; 0 = disabled)
cell pref: 0, 1, 255

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2016-02-22 19:53:04 +02:00
Avraham Stern
fb9a1c3e28 hostapd: Add MBO IE to Beacon, Probe Response, Association Response
Add MBO IE with AP capability attribute to Beacon, Probe Response, and
(Re)Association Response frames to indicate the AP supports MBO.

Add option to add Association Disallowed attribute to Beacon, Probe
Response, and (Re)Association Response frames. Usage:

SET mbo_assoc_disallow <reason code>

Valid reason code values are between 1-5. Setting the reason code to
0 will remove the Association Disallowed attribute from the MBO IE
and will allow new associations.

MBO functionality is enabled by setting "mbo=1" in the config file.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2016-02-22 19:53:04 +02:00
Avraham Stern
84d1c0fd5a WNM: Add candidate list to BSS transition response
Add the transition candidate list to BSS Transition Management Response
frame. The candidates preference is set using the regular wpa_supplicant
BSS selection logic. If the BSS transition request is rejected and
updated scan results are not available, the list is not added.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2016-02-22 19:53:04 +02:00
David Spinadel
cf11ab7f03 utils: Derive phy type by frequency and bandwidth
Add a function to derive phy type from frequency and bandwidth
as defined in IEEE Std 802.11ac-2013 Annex C (dot11PHYType).

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2016-02-22 19:53:04 +02:00
Avraham Stern
dd5999084e MBO: Parse MBO IE in BSS Transition Management Request frames
Add parsing of MBO IE in BSS Transition Management Request frames. If
the MBO IE includes the association retry delay attribute, do not try to
reconnect to the current BSS until the delay time is over.

If the MBO IE includes the cellular data connection preference attribute
or the transition rejection reason attribute, send a message to upper
layers with the data.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2016-02-22 19:53:04 +02:00
Avraham Stern
7d46f586de MBO: Add global operating class definitions
Add definitions for global operating classes. These definitions will be
used to construct supported operating classes information element.

The operating classes definitions used locally for P2P module will be
removed and included in the general operating classes definitions.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2016-02-22 19:53:04 +02:00
David Spinadel
92c6e2e3a9 MBO: Implement MBO non-preferred channel report in Association Request
Add MBO IE with non-preferred channels to (Re)Association Request
frames.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2016-02-22 19:53:04 +02:00
David Spinadel
425dd78ad2 MBO: Add Multi Band Operation definitions
These are based on the specification draft WFA_MBO_TechSpec_v0.0_r19.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2016-02-21 17:51:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a15995819a ndis: Use the new get_ie() helper to avoid duplicated code
This removes more duplicated implementation of finding the first IE
based on the id.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-02-21 17:32:47 +02:00
Avraham Stern
231b04b6cb utils: Share a single helper function to get IE by ID
Add a helper function to find a certain IE inside IEs buffer by ID and
use this function in several places that implemented similar
functionality locally.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2016-02-21 17:14:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
75cc211d6b VLAN: Check vlan_desc validity in a failure debug print
The recent VLAN changes added an explicit code path that sets vlan_desc
= NULL within ap_sta_set_vlan(). This makes some code analyzers warn
about the debug print that could potentially dereference this pointer.
Silence that warning by verifying the pointer more consistently within
this function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-02-20 19:22:43 +02:00
Nick Lowe
43022abdb9 Use 64-bit TX/RX byte counters for statistics
If the driver supports 64-bit TX/RX byte counters, use them directly.
The old 32-bit counter extension is maintained for backwards
compatibility with older drivers.

For nl80211 driver interface, the newer NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64 and
NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64 attributes are used when available. This
resolves the race vulnerable 32-bit value wrap/overflow. Rework RADIUS
accounting to use these for Acct-Input-Octets, Acct-Input-Gigawords,
Acct-Output-Octets, and Acct-Output-Gigawords, these values are often
used for billing purposes.

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-02-20 19:03:10 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
3f81ac0762 AP: Set STA assoc flag in the driver before sending Assoc Resp frame
Previously, stations were added to the driver only after the
(Re)Association Response frame was acked. In the time period between the
station has acked the (Re)Association Response frame and the time the
station was added to the kernel, the station can already start sending
Data frames, which will be dropped by the hardware/driver. In addition
to the data loss, the driver may ignore NDPs with PM bit set from this
STA.

Fix this by setting/adding the STA with associated flag set to the
driver before the AP sends the (Re)Association Response frame with
status success. If the (Re)Association Response frame wasn't acked,
remove the station from the driver.

Note that setting a station to associated state before the non-AP
station acknowledges the (Re)Association Response frame is not compliant
with the IEEE 802.11 standard that specifically states that a non-AP
station should transition to authenticated/associated state only after
it acknowledged the (Re)Association Response frame. However, this is a
justifiable simplification to work around the issue described above since

1. The station will be removed in case it does not acknowledge the
   (Re)Association Response frame.
2. All Data frames would be dropped until the station is set to
   authorized state and there are no known issues with processing the
   other Class 3 frames during the short window before the
   acknowledgement is seen.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2016-02-20 18:25:13 +02:00
Ayala Beker
bb598c3bdd AP: Add support for full station state
Add support for drivers that support full AP client state, i.e., can
handle adding stations that are not associated yet. For such drivers,
add a station after processing the authentication request, instead of
adding it in the association response callback.

Doing so is beneficial in cases where the driver cannot handle the add
station request, in which case it is useless to perform the complete
connection establishment.

Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
2016-02-20 18:25:13 +02:00
Ayala Beker
dc55b6b672 nl80211: Add support for full station state operations
This provides means for determining whether the driver supports full AP
station state and setting the needed STA flags for using this
functionality.

Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
2016-02-20 18:25:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5558b9980f EAP-FAST peer: Remove fixed return value from eap_fast_parse_phase1()
This function was always returning 0, so the error path was unreachable.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-02-20 10:07:29 +02:00
Nick Lowe
4b16c15bbc EAP-pwd server: Use os_get_random() for unpredictable token
Do not use os_random() that uses a low quality PRNG to generate the
anti-clogging token. The construction can be improved upon by replacing
it with a call to os_get_random(), which uses a high quality PRNG. While
the RFC 5931 explictly recommends not to do this ("SHOULD NOT be from a
source of random entropy"), it does still mandate unpredicability ("MUST
be unpredictable"). The anti-clogging token is most unpredictable when
it is taken from a high quality PRNG.

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-02-19 18:44:40 +02:00
Nick Lowe
239952b4da DFS: Remove the os_random() fallback
Remove the fallback dependency on os_random() from the code that gets a
valid DFS channel. This is exceptionally unlikely to ever be called as
the call to os_get_random() is unlikely to fail. The intention is to
facilitate future removal of os_random() as it uses a low quality PRNG.

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-02-19 18:44:40 +02:00
Nick Lowe
98a516eae8 WPS: Use only os_get_random() for PIN generation
Remove the fallback dependency on os_random() when generating a WPS pin.
This is exceptionally unlikely to ever be called as the call to
os_get_random() is unlikely to fail. The intention is to facilitate
future removal of os_random() as it uses a low quality PRNG.

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-02-19 18:44:40 +02:00
Nick Lowe
f441e5af77 Use os_get_random() for Shared Key authentication challenge
Do not use the system clock or os_random() that uses a low quality PRNG
as part of the pseudo-random challenge in auth_shared_key(). The
construction can be improved upon by replacing it with a call to
os_get_random(), which uses a high quality PRNG.

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-02-19 18:44:40 +02:00
Nick Lowe
8c676b5056 Add RADIUS Service-Type attribute with a value of Framed
This seems to be the common value used by APs and also mentioned in RFC
3580.

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-02-19 18:44:39 +02:00
Masashi Honma
09d96de09e mesh: Drop Authentication frames from BLOCKED STA
Previously, only mesh Action frames from BLOCKED STA were dropped.
Extend that to drop Authentication frames as well.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2016-02-18 21:27:06 +02:00
Masashi Honma
70c93963ed SAE: Fix PMKID calculation for PMKSA cache
The SAE PMKID is calculated with IEEE Std 802.11-2012 11.3.5.4, but the
PMKID was re-calculated with 11.6.1.3 and saved into PMKSA cache. Fix
this to save the PMKID calculated with 11.3.5.4 into the PMKSA cache.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2016-02-18 21:07:47 +02:00
Nick Lowe
1492fbb90c Print Acct-Session-Id and Acct-Multi-Session-Id 64-bit values
These are now 64-bit variables and the printf formats and type casts
need to be updated to match.

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-02-18 20:58:21 +02:00
Roy Marples
e21cecaf54 kqueue: Use 0 instead of NULL for udata
Use 0 for udata instead of NULL for portability.
NetBSD uses uintptr_t, others a pointer.

Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2016-02-18 17:40:12 +02:00
Roy Marples
640b0b933a ctype functions require an unsigned char
Ensure that characters are represented as unsigned char when using
isblank() and isspace(). These function take in a "int c" argument, but
it needs to be unsigned for the cases where EOF is not indicated.

Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2016-02-18 17:39:00 +02:00
Roy Marples
a5a3efccc2 Fix compile on NetBSD for vlan
Shuffle includes above system ones so to fix a compile issue
on NetBSD where the if_type #define from <net/if.h>
conflicts with the wpa_driver_if_type enum.

Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2016-02-18 17:09:14 +02:00
Roy Marples
a084c24469 wired: Fix compile on NetBSD for wired driver
Shuffle wpa_supplicant includes above system ones so that
to fix a compile problem on NetBSD where if_type #define
conflicts with the wpa_driver_if_type enum.

Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2016-02-18 17:03:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
99a94f5588 nl80211: Avoid wpa_printf %s call with NULL pointer in set_param()
While most C libraries print "(null)" when NULL is used as an argument
to printf format string %s, this is not really necessary to print here,
so move the debug print to be after the NULL check.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-18 11:59:58 +02:00
Michael Braun
8be640b780 VLAN: Add per-STA vif option
This allows the stations to be assigned to their own vif. It does not
need dynamic_vlan to be set. Make hostapd call ap_sta_set_vlan even if
!vlan_desc.notempty, so vlan_id can be assigned regardless.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-02-17 11:46:13 +02:00
Michael Braun
d0bdc96bdd VLAN: Actually add tagged VLANs to AP_VLAN
This makes vlan_newlink() and vlan_dellink() add tagged VLANs to AP_VLAN
interfaces as given by struct vlan_description.

hostapd_vlan_if_remove() is done in vlan_dellink() as tagged interfaces
need to be removed before the interface can be deleted and a DELLINK
message can be generated.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-02-17 11:46:13 +02:00
Michael Braun
f9c00188ca VLAN: Factor out per-vid code in newlink/dellink
To prepare for adding tagged VLAN support in vlan_init.c, vlan_newlink()
and vlan_dellink() are split into multiple functions. This reduces
indention and eases adding tagged VLANs as well.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-02-17 11:46:13 +02:00
Michael Braun
8e44c192da radius: Add tagged VLAN parsing
1. Add tagged VLAN to struct vlan_description
    (compile limited number of tagged VLANs per description)
    For k tagged VLANs, the first k entries in vlan_description.tagged
    are used. They are sorted in ascending order. All other entries are
    zero. This way os_memcmp() can find identical configurations.
2. Let tagged VLANs be parsed from RADIUS Access-Accept
3. Print VLAN %d+ with %d=untagged VID if tagged VLANs are set
4. Select an unused vlan_id > 4096 for new tagged VLAN configurations
5. Add EGRESS_VLAN RADIUS attribute parsing also for untagged VLANs

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-02-17 11:46:13 +02:00
Michael Braun
1889af2e0f VLAN: Separate station grouping and uplink configuration
Separate uplink configuration (IEEE 802.1q VID) and grouping of stations
into AP_VLAN interfaces.

The int vlan_id will continue to identify the AP_VLAN interface the
station should be assigned to. Each AP_VLAN interface corresponds to an
instance of struct hostapd_vlan that is uniquely identified by int
vlan_id within an BSS.

New: Each station and struct hostapd_vlan holds a struct
vlan_description vlan_desc member that describes the uplink
configuration requested. Currently this is just an int untagged IEEE
802.1q VID, but can be extended to tagged VLANs and other settings
easily.

When the station was about to be assigned its vlan_id, vlan_desc and
vlan_id will now be set simultaneously by ap_sta_set_vlan(). So
sta->vlan_id can still be tested for whether the station needs to be
moved to an AP_VLAN interface.

To ease addition of tagged VLAN support, a member notempty is added to
struct vlan_description. Is is set to 1 if an untagged or tagged VLAN
assignment is requested and needs to be validated. The inverted form
allows os_zalloc() to initialize an empty description.

Though not depended on by the code, vlan_id assignment ensures:
  * vlan_id = 0 will continue to mean no AP_VLAN interface
  * vlan_id < 4096 will continue to mean vlan_id = untagged vlan id
    with no per_sta_vif and no extra tagged vlan.
  * vlan_id > 4096 will be used for per_sta_vif and/or tagged vlans.

This way struct wpa_group and drivers API do not need to be changed in
order to implement tagged VLANs or per_sta_vif support.

DYNAMIC_VLAN_* will refer to (struct vlan_description).notempty only,
thus grouping of the stations for per_sta_vif can be used with
DYNAMIC_VLAN_DISABLED, but not with CONFIG_NO_VLAN, as struct
hostapd_vlan is still used to manage AP_VLAN interfaces.

MAX_VLAN_ID will be checked in hostapd_vlan_valid and during setup of
VLAN interfaces and refer to IEEE 802.1q VID. VLAN_ID_WILDCARD will
continue to refer to int vlan_id.

Renaming vlan_id to vlan_desc when type changed from int to struct
vlan_description was avoided when vlan_id was also used in a way that
did not depend on its type (for example, when passed to another
function).

Output of "VLAN ID %d" continues to refer to int vlan_id, while "VLAN
%d" will refer to untagged IEEE 802.1q VID.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-02-17 11:46:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3a583e0023 OpenSSL: Fix PKCS#12 parsing of extra certificates with OpenSSL 1.0.1
Commit 8bcf8de827 ('OpenSSL: Fix memory
leak in PKCS12 additional certificate parsing') tried to fix a memory
leak in both the 1.0.2(and newer) and 1.0.1 branches of PKCS12 parsing.
However, the 1.0.1 case was not properly tested and freeing of the
certificate after a successful SSL_CTX_add_extra_chain_cert() call
resulted in use of freed memory when going through the TLS handshake.
Fix this by not freeing the certificate in that specific case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-16 18:30:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
24c382af7a TDLS: Clean up os_memcmp use
Ciuple of the nonce comparisons used a strange '!os_memcmp() == 0' to
check if the values were different. While this resulted in correct
behavior, the construction is not exactly clear and clang has started
warning about this (-Wlogical-not-parentheses). Clean this up by using
'os_mecmp() != 0'.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-16 15:49:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6136d43b8e trace: Free symbols on program exit
This makes valgrind memleak checks with CONFIG_WPA_TRACE=y somewhat
cleaner.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-16 14:10:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8bcf8de827 OpenSSL: Fix memory leak in PKCS12 additional certificate parsing
The additional PKCS12 certificates were not freed properly in the loop
added in commit de2a7b796d ('OpenSSL: Use
connection certificate chain with PKCS#12 extra certs').

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-16 13:29:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
03e3ddf84e OpenSSL: Fix memory leak in HMAC_CTX compatibility wrapper function
Commit 5c9a33702f ('OpenSSL: Clean up
crypto_hash_*() to use a single implementation') added a wrapper
function to allow the new OpenSSL API to be used with older OpenSSL
versions. However, the HMAC_CTX_free() wrapper was incorrectly skipping
the call to HMAC_CTX_cleanup() which is still needed to free the
resources OpenSSL allocated internally.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-16 13:13:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d9a0f69747 OpenSSL: Fix memory leak in OCSP parsing
The result from OCSP_cert_to_id() needs to be freed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-16 00:40:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
29bc76e3d3 OpenSSL: Do not use library init/deinit functions with 1.1.0
SSL_library_init() does not work properly after EVP_cleanup() starting
from OpenSSL 1.1.0 pre release 3. The automated library init/deinit
functions in that pre release are supposed to handle all initialization
and deinitialiation, so comment out the explicit calls to these function
with OpenSSL 1.1.0 and newer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-16 00:35:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0f09637001 OpenSSL: Fix memory leak in subjectAltName parsing
The parsed data from X509_get_ext_d2i() needs to be freed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-16 00:35:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e60913b600 curl: Fix memory leak in subjectAltName parsing
The parsed data from X509_get_ext_d2i() needs to be freed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-16 00:33:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6014890bfb OpenSSL: Fix memory leak with EVP_CIPHER_CTX_new()
Commit 1eb87ae48d ('OpenSSL: Use
EVP_CIPHER_CTX_new() to work with OpenSSL 1.1.0') started using
EVP_CIPHER_CTX_new() to allocate EVP_CIPHER_CTX from heap instead of
using stack memory. This commit used incorrect EVP_CIPHER_CTX_reset()
function in number of cases when the allocated memory was supposed to be
freed instead of just reset for reuse. Fix this by using
EVP_CIPHER_CTX_free() properly.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-16 00:30:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
99a17351c7 rfkill: Fix a memory leak
rfkill_init() uses realpath() which allocates memory and that memory was
not freed on the success path.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-16 00:14:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1f1e599b3b OpenSSL: Fix memory leak on error path
If SSL_CTX_new(SSLv23_method()) fails, tls_init() error path did not
free the allocated struct tls_data instance.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-15 21:53:33 +02:00
Lior David
b907491281 wpa_supplicant: Basic support for PBSS/PCP
PBSS (Personal Basic Service Set) is a new BSS type for DMG
networks. It is similar to infrastructure BSS, having an AP-like
entity called PCP (PBSS Control Point), but it has few differences.
PBSS support is mandatory for IEEE 802.11ad devices.

Add a new "pbss" argument to network block. The argument is used
in the following scenarios:
1. When network has mode=2 (AP), when pbss flag is set will start
as a PCP instead of an AP.
2. When network has mode=0 (station), when pbss flag is set will
connect to PCP instead of AP.

The function wpa_scan_res_match() was modified to match BSS according to
the pbss flag in the network block (wpa_ssid structure). When pbss flag
is set it will match only PCPs, and when it is clear it will match only
APs.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-08 22:23:56 +02:00
Lior David
86b5c400a0 nl80211: Basic support for PBSS/PCP
PBSS (Personal Basic Service Set) is a new BSS type for DMG
networks. It is similar to infrastructure BSS, having an AP-like
entity called PCP (PBSS Control Point), but it has few differences.
PBSS support is mandatory for IEEE 802.11ad devices.

Add a pbss flag to the relevant structures to support starting a PCP and
connecting to a PCP. Implement support in the nl80211 driver by using
the new PBSS flag attribute.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-08 22:16:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
afa453a28a Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2016-01-28.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-02-08 22:12:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d1d8a2bd62 EAP peer: Simplify buildNotify return
There is no need for the local variable and two return statements.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-02-07 21:01:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1314bc11cf Clean up EAP peer PCSC identity functions
Leave out more code if PCSC_FUNCS is not defined since config->pcsc != 0
case cannot be used with such a build.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-02-07 20:51:04 +02:00
Nick Lowe
c06c9099f0 Use stronger PRNG for MS-MPPE-Send/Recv-Key salt
When generating a MS-MPPE-Send/Recv-Key, don't use a weak PRNG for the
salt.

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-02-07 18:18:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9e1f1bdb6f eloop: Clean up coding style for eloop debug prints
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-02-07 18:09:21 +02:00
Roy Marples
f9982b3212 Implement kqueue(2) support via CONFIG_ELOOP_KQUEUE
NOTE: kqueue has to be closed and re-build after forking. epoll *should*
do the same, but it seems that wpa_supplicant doesn't need it at least.

I have re-worked a little bit of the epoll code (moved into a similar
kqueue function) so it's trivial to requeue epoll if needed in the
future.

Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2016-02-07 18:09:19 +02:00
Roy Marples
2e69bdd16a eloop: Add eloop_sock_requeue()
This function can be used to re-build eloop socket tables after forking
for eloop implementations that need this.

Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2016-02-07 12:38:04 +02:00
Jörg Krause
70f4f052f1 wpa_ctrl: Retry select() on EINTR
Retry select() if it was interrupted by a signal.

Signed-off-by: Jörg Krause <joerg.krause@embedded.rocks>
2016-02-07 12:20:38 +02:00
Srinivasa Duvvuri
9684c7567e mesh: Fix peer link counting when a mesh peer reconnects
When a mesh point reconnects by starting from Authentication frame
sequence, the plink count was not decremented from its last connection.
This resulted in leaking peer link count and causing wpa_supplicant to
reject the connection after max_peer_links (default: 99) reconnects.

This was reproduced by pre-configuring 2 mesh points with mesh
credentials. Boot both mesh points and make sure they connect to each
other. Then in a loop reboot one of the mesh points after it
successfully connects while leaving the other mesh point up and running.
After 99 iterations the supplicant on mesh point that is not rebooting
will reject the connection request from the other mesh point.

Fix this by decrementing num_plinks when freeing a STA entry that is
still in PLINK_ESTAB state.

Signed-off-by: Srinivasa Duvvuri <sduvvuri@chromium.org>
2016-02-06 21:22:29 +02:00
Avraham Stern
360a9d5a8f P2P: Reduce off channel wait time for some P2P Action frames
Setting a long off channel wait time for P2P Action frames when
we know we are already on the right channel may cause a delay in
sending the Action frame (because the driver may not be able to
satisfy the request for long wait time until previous off channel
requests are over). This may be crucial for P2P response frames
that must be sent within 100 milliseconds of receiving the request.

Fix this by adjusting P2P Action frame wait times as follows:

 1. For GO Negotiation Response frame, shorten the wait time to 100 ms.
    This is reasonable because the peer has just sent us the GO
    Negotiation Request frame, so it is known to be on the right
    channel and is probably ready to send us the GO Negotiation
    Confirmation frame without delay.
 2. For GO Negotiation Confirmation, P2P Invitation Response, and
    Provision Discovery Response frames, there is no need for wait
    time at all as this is the last frame in the exchange. So set
    the wait time to 50 ms to ensure there is enough time to send the
    frame.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2016-02-06 18:19:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1fc63fe299 RADIUS: Share a single function for generating session IDs
There is no need to maintain three copies of this functionality even if
it is currently implemented as a single function call.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-02-06 17:19:35 +02:00
Nick Lowe
2cbc6ffb3a RADIUS: Redesign Request Authenticator generation
Simplify and make properly random the generation of the Request
Authenticator.

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-02-06 17:19:35 +02:00
Nick Lowe
b71a64aa01 Send an Acct-Multi-Session-Id attribute in Access-Request packets
Previously, this was included only in Accounting-Request packets.

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-02-06 17:13:21 +02:00
Nick Lowe
4260e1a1ff Add Acct-Session-Id to Accounting-On/Off
An Acct-Session-Id is required on Accounting-On and Accounting-Off forms
of Accounting-Request.

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-02-06 17:11:01 +02:00
Nick Lowe
d72a00539c RADIUS: Use more likely unique accounting Acct-{,Multi-}Session-Id
Rework the Acct-Session-Id and Acct-Multi-Session-Id implementation to
give better global and temporal uniqueness. Previously, only 32-bits of
the Acct-Session-Id would contain random data, the other 32-bits would
be incremented. Previously, the Acct-Multi-Session-Id would not use
random data. Switch from two u32 variables to a single u64 for the
Acct-Session-Id and Acct-Multi-Session-Id. Do not increment, this serves
no legitimate purpose. Exclusively use os_get_random() to get quality
random numbers, do not use or mix in the time. Inherently take a
dependency on /dev/urandom working properly therefore. Remove the global
Acct-Session-Id and Acct-Multi-Session-Id values that serve no
legitimate purpose.

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-02-06 17:10:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d689317ddb EAPOL auth: Move radius_cui/identity freeing to eapol_auth_free()
These can get allocated within eapol_auth_alloc(), so it is more logical
to free them in eapol_auth_free() instead of ieee802_1x_free_station()
that ends up calling eapol_auth_free().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-02-06 16:32:22 +02:00
Roshan Pius
0ae86f9043 wpa_supplicant: Fix couple of C++ compiler errors with header files
Need to include these headers in C++ files for adding a binder interface
to wpa_supplicant. So, fix the following C++ compiler errors in them:
1. Add explicit C-style casts in wpa_buf.h header.
2. Move the nested definition of wpa_driver_scan_ssid in driver.h
outside of wpa_driver_scan_params because it is used in another
structure below.

Signed-off-by: Roshan Pius <rpius@google.com>
2016-02-06 15:26:48 +02:00
Nick Lowe
9b6177a891 Add Event-Timestamp to all Accounting-Request packets
Event-Timestamp should be sent for all Accounting-Request packets and
only after the system clock has a sane value, not where there's a value
close to the Unix time epoch.

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-02-06 01:24:59 +02:00
Max Stepanov
d179089b6d GAS: Calculate response buffer length of ANQP elements
Calculate the required length needed for the extra ANQP elements added
to GAS response buffer instead of using fixed size and truncating the
response if there was not sufficient space.

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
2016-02-06 01:19:32 +02:00
Ayala Beker
dda091cf51 OpenSSL: Fix server side PKCS#12 processing with extra certificates
Fix a possible null pointer dereference in tls_parse_pkcs12() when
loading a PKCS#12 file for the server keys and the file includes extra
certificates.

Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
2016-02-06 01:14:43 +02:00
Ayala Beker
443c8e18de OpenSSL: Fix possible null pointer dereference on an OCSP error path
Fix possible null pointer dereference in check_ocsp_resp() if an memory
allocation fails.

Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
2016-02-06 00:58:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e265838a43 EAP-FAST: Fix an error path in PAC binary format parsing
Need to clear the pac pointer for the first error case to avoid freeing
the previous PAC entry if the following entry has an invalid header.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-06 00:26:31 +02:00
Nick Lowe
479f46c4c2 Do not send Acct-Authentic in Accounting-On/Off
Acct-Authentic is used to indicate how the user was authenticated and as
such, should not be sent in Accounting-On and Accounting-Off.

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-02-05 18:06:33 +02:00
Nick Lowe
696544efed RADIUS: Do not include Acct-Terminate-Cause in Accounting-On/Off
Per RFC 2866, 5.10, it is invalid to send Acct-Terminate-Cause in
Accounting-On and Accounting-Off (this is included only when
Acct-Status-Type is set to Stop).

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-02-05 17:59:07 +02:00
Eduardo Abinader
236053e532 Make fallback from HT40 to HT20 work
Ensure that if it is not possible to configure an allowed 20 MHz
channel pair, hostapd falls back to a single 20 MHz channel.

Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eabinader@ocedo.com>
2016-02-05 17:52:47 +02:00
Roy Marples
cb22e3b250 BSD: Zero ifindex on interface removal
If an interface is removed, zero the remembered ifindex.
Don't try to set properties on the interface when it is removed.

Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2016-02-05 17:40:45 +02:00
Rubin Xu
a8ef133f1d Android: Support multiple CA certs when connecting to EAP network
In the Android-specific case, make ca_cert directive parse a
space-separated list of hex-encoded CA certificate aliases following the
"keystores://" prefix. Server certificate validation should succeed as
long as the chain ends with one of them.

Signed-off-by: Rubin Xu <rubinxu@google.com>
2016-02-05 17:31:46 +02:00
Roy Marples
af060932de BSD: Disable interface on down
Instead of removing the interface when downed, disable it. Enable it
when it comes back up again.

Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2016-02-05 12:37:25 +02:00
Roy Marples
dc0ad60314 BSD: Use correct ifindex from route messages
Use the interface index from the correct structure according to the
message instead of assuming rtm_index is correct.

Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2016-02-05 12:36:44 +02:00
Roy Marples
5f17b2c60e BSD: __FUNCTION__ -> __func__
Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2016-02-05 12:29:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2088ecb970 OSU: Add debug printing of more LogotypeExtn fields
Couple of the image info fields were not printed previously in debug
log. Add those to make this more complete.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-05 00:24:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0b905c8a87 Add the selector suite into wpa_parse_wpa_ie_rsn() "invalid group cipher"
This makes it easier to debug AP selection issues in case of a invalid
RSN element or use of customer cipher suites that are not supported by
wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-03 12:58:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
03a72eacda VHT: Add an interoperability workaround for 80+80 and 160 MHz channels
Number of deployed 80 MHz capable VHT stations that do not support 80+80
and 160 MHz bandwidths seem to misbehave when trying to connect to an AP
that advertises 80+80 or 160 MHz channel bandwidth in the VHT Operation
element. To avoid such issues with deployed devices, modify the design
based on newly proposed IEEE 802.11 standard changes.

This allows poorly implemented VHT 80 MHz stations to connect with the
AP in 80 MHz mode. 80+80 and 160 MHz capable stations need to support
the new workaround mechanism to allow full bandwidth to be used.
However, there are more or less no impacted station with 80+80/160
capability deployed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-02 00:09:19 +02:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
e15dcf6d1b nl8021: Avoid potential memory leak on error path
The called function nl80211_ht_vht_overrides() was not freeing "msg"
resource in error cases.

Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <p.kushwaha@samsung.com>
2016-01-15 20:27:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6b418ce862 Fix wpa_supplicant build with IEEE8021X_EAPOL=y and CONFIG_NO_WPA=y
The PMKSA caching and RSN pre-authentication components were marked as
conditional on IEEE8021X_EAPOL. However, the empty wrappers are needed
also in a case IEEE8021X_EAPOL is defined with CONFIG_NO_WPA.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-15 20:04:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
03269d558a AP: Print interface name in more STA events
This makes it easier to follow a debug log from a hostapd process that
manages multiple interfaces.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-15 19:32:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9e8fde2134 AP: Fix Deauth/Disassoc TX status timeout handling
The ap_sta_deauth_cb and ap_sta_disassoc_cb eloop timeouts are used to
clear a disconnecting STA from the kernel driver if the STA did not ACK
the Deauthentication/Disassociation frame from the AP within two
seconds. However, it was possible for a STA to not ACK such a frame,
e.g., when the disconnection happened due to hostapd pruning old
associations from other BSSes and the STA was not on the old channel
anymore. If that same STA then started a new authentication/association
with the BSS, the two second timeout could trigger during this new
association and result in the STA entry getting removed from the kernel.

Fix this by canceling these eloop timeouts when receiving an indication
of a new authentication or association.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-15 19:32:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
269f9d5d10 EAP peer: Use ifdef PCSC_FUNCS to get rid of compiler warnings
clang started warning about the use of || with constants that came from
PCSC_FUNCS not being enabled in the build. It seems to be easier to just
ifdef this block out completely since that has the same outcome for
builds that do not include PC/SC support.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-15 18:41:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c6e0b4bb86 FST: Get rid of gcc extensions in structure/array initialization
These constructions were causing warnings when build with clang.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-15 18:40:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ac2053b103 OpenSSL: Clean up openssl_digest_vector() to use a single implementation
Use compatibility wrapper functions to allow a single implementation
based on the latest OpenSSL API to be used to implement these functions
instead of having to maintain two conditional implementation based on
the library version.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-15 14:17:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5c9a33702f OpenSSL: Clean up crypto_hash_*() to use a single implementation
Use compatibility wrapper functions to allow a single implementation
based on the latest OpenSSL API to be used to implement these functions
instead of having to maintain two conditional implementation based on
the library version.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-15 14:14:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
587b0457e0 LibreSSL: Fix build with LibreSSL
The changes needed for OpenSSL 1.1.0 had broken this since LibreSSL is
defining OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER in a manner that claims it to be newer
than the current OpenSSL version even though it does not support the
current OpenSSL API.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-15 14:06:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0daa9f6a13 EAP-TTLS peer: Fix success after fragmented final Phase 2 message
If the final Phase 2 message needed fragmentation, EAP method decision
was cleared from UNCOND_SUCC or COND_SUCC to FAIL and that resulted in
the authentication failing when the EAP-Success message from the server
got rejected. Fix this by restoring the EAP method decision after
fragmentation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-15 13:37:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
465196ebd2 tests: aes_encrypt_init() and aes_decrypt_init() to use TEST_FAIL
Now the these functions cannot be made to fail by forcing the memory
allocation fail since the OpenSSL-internal version is used, add
TEST_FAIL check to allow OOM test cases to be converted to use the
TEST_FAIL mechanism without reducing coverage.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-14 19:44:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1eb87ae48d OpenSSL: Use EVP_CIPHER_CTX_new() to work with OpenSSL 1.1.0
The EVP_CIPHER_CTX structure will be made opaque in OpenSSL 1.1.0, so
need to use EVP_CIPHER_CTX_new() with it instead of stack memory. The
design here moves the older OpenSSL versions to use that dynamic
allocation design as well to minimize maintenance effort.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-14 19:30:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3fb3bea8e9 OpenSSL: Update session_secret callback to match OpenSSL 1.1.0 API
The SSL_CIPHER **cipher argument was marked const in OpenSSL 1.1.0
pre-release 2 similarly to how this is in BoringSSL. Fix build with that
in preparation for supporting OpenSSL 1.1.0.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-14 19:28:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
814f43cff5 EAP server: Simplify EAP method registration call
Free the allocated structure in error cases to remove need for each EAP
method to handle the error cases separately. Each registration function
can simply do "return eap_server_method_register(eap);" in the end of
the function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-13 23:35:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
49a26bb3e3 EAP peer: Simplify EAP method registration call
Free the allocated structure in error cases to remove need for each EAP
method to handle the error cases separately. Each registration function
can simply do "return eap_peer_method_register(eap);" in the end of the
function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-13 23:30:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7ce5603251 EAP-WSC peer: Remove unused state values
The FRAG_ACK and DONE state were not used at all, so remove them.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-13 22:09:08 +02:00
Roy Marples
449a31662d bsd: Optimize socket use
Create global init to handle socket calls and route messages.
Register each interface inside the global driver so that
routing messages can find the interface based on rtm_ifindex.

Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2016-01-13 00:17:27 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
4653ceb750 nl80211: Report disassociated STA / lost peer for the correct BSS
We shouldn't use drv->ctx as it always points to the first BSS. When
using FullMAC driver with multi-BSS support it resulted in incorrect
treating nl80211 events. I noticed with with brcmfmac and BCM43602.

Before my change I was getting "disassociated" on a wrong interface:
wlan0-1: STA 78:d6:f0:00:11:22 IEEE 802.11: associated
wlan0-1: STA 78:d6:f0:00:11:22 WPA: pairwise key handshake completed (RSN)
wlan0: STA 78:d6:f0:00:11:22 IEEE 802.11: disassociated

With this patch it works as expected:
wlan0-1: STA 78:d6:f0:00:11:22 IEEE 802.11: associated
wlan0-1: STA 78:d6:f0:00:11:22 WPA: pairwise key handshake completed (RSN)
wlan0-1: STA 78:d6:f0:00:11:22 IEEE 802.11: disassociated

This doesn't apply to hostapd dealing with SoftMAC drivers when handling
AP SME & MLME is done it hostapd not the firmware.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
2016-01-13 00:17:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
21cb63fffd OpenSSL: Fix client certificate chain building after PKCS#12 use
If wpa_supplicant was first configured with PKCS #12 -based client
certificate chain and then used with another network profile that used a
different certificate chain from a X.509 certificate PEM file instead of
PKCS#12, the extra certificate chain was not reconstructed properly with
older versions of OpenSSL that 1.0.2. This could result in the
authentication failing due to the client certificate chain not being
complete or including incorrect certificates.

Fix this by clearing the extra certificate chain when setting up a new
TLS connection with OpenSSL 1.0.1. This allows OpenSSL to build the
chain using the default mechanism in case the new TLS exchange does not
use PKCS#12.

The following hwsim test case sequence was able to find the issue:
ap_wpa2_eap_tls_pkcs12 ap_wpa2_eap_tls_intermediate_ca_ocsp

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-07 17:54:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
12a81b64e1 ACS: Remove unreachable case from a debug print
n_chans can have only values 1, 2, or 4 in this function, so the -1 case
could never be reached. Remove the unreachable case to get rid of static
analyzer warnings.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-07 16:50:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
896607d36b Remove a pointer check that can never be true
chan is set to the result of pointer arithmetic (pointer to an entry in
an array) that can never be NULL. As such, there is no need to check for
it to be non-NULL before deference. Remove this check to avoid
complaints from static analyzers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-07 16:47:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a95cc47a92 ACS: Be more consistent with iface->current_mode checks
Offloading of ACS to the driver changed the design a bit in a way that
iface->current_mode could actually be NULL when the offloaded ACS
mechanism supports band selection in addition to channel selection. This
resulted in a combination that is too complex for static analyzers to
notice. While acs_init() can be called with iface->current_mode == NULL
that is only in the case where WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_ACS_OFFLOAD is in use.
In other words, the actual ACS functions like acs_cleanup() that would
dereference iface->current_mode are not used in such a case.

Get rid of static analyzer warnings by explicitly checking
iface->current_mode in acs_init() for the case where ACS offloading is
not used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-07 16:39:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6014e59c08 P2P: Print find_start in debug log when ignoring old scan results
This makes it easier to debug issues with old scan results being ignored
during P2P_FIND. A single rx_time would have been fine with
os_gettime(), but with os_get_reltime(), both rx_time and find_start
values are needed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-07 13:41:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
64845c1f1a l2_packet: Extend bridge workaround RX processing to cover two frames
There was a race condition in how the l2_packet sockets got read that
could result in the same socket (e.g., non-bridge) to process both the
EAP-Success and the immediately following EAPOL-Key msg 1/4 instead of
each frame going in alternative order between the bridge and non-bridge
sockets. This could be hit, e.g., if the wpa_supplicant process did not
have enough CPU to process all the incoming frames without them getting
buffered and both sockets reporting frames simultaneously.

This resulted in the duplicated EAP-Success frame getting delivered
twice for processing and likely also the EAPOL-Key msg 1/4 getting
processed twice. While the latter does not do much harm, the former did
clear the EAP authentication state and could result in issues.

Fix this by extended the l2_packet Linux packet socket workaround for
bridge to check for duplicates against the last two received frames
instead of just the last one.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-07 13:30:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4a539abdbd l2_packet: Improve bridge workaround RX processing
It was possible for the packet socket on the bridge interface to receive
own transmitted frames between the bridge and non-bridge sockets
receiving the same incoming frame from a foreign host. This resulted in
the hash checksum validation step failing to notice a duplicate RX due
to the own frame updating the store hash value.

The own frame did get dropping in RX EAPOL processing, but that was too
late to address the issue with duplicate RX. Fix this by dropping own
frames already in l2_packet layer before checking and updating the last
RX hash value.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-01-07 00:24:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7a36f1184e EAP-PAX: Check hmac_sha1_vector() return value
This function can fail at least in theory, so check its return value
before proceeding. This is mainly helping automated test case coverage
to reach some more error paths.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-01-06 21:12:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7d41907bd9 nl80211: Add a missing space to a debug message
The "nl80211: New peer candidate" debug message did not have a space
before the MAC address.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-01-06 13:20:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
acc39435ff EAP-PEAP peer: Cryptobinding in fast-reconnect case with inner EAP
This was reported to fail with Windows 2012r2 with "Invalid Compound_MAC
in cryptobinding TLV". It turns out that the server decided to go
through inner EAP method (EAP-MSCHAPv2 in the reported case) even when
using PEAP fast-reconnect. This seems to be against the [MS-PEAP]
specification which claims that inner EAP method is not used in such a
case. This resulted in a different CMK being derived by the server (used
the version that used ISK) and wpa_supplicant (used the version where
IPMK|CMK = TK without ISK when using fast-reconnect).

Fix this interop issue by making wpa_supplicant to use the
fast-reconnect version of CMK derivation only when using TLS session
resumption and the server having not initiated inner EAP method before
going through the cryptobinding exchange.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-01-05 23:50:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cba9ebfdc2 P2P: Try SD Query with each non-ACK peer only once per search iteration
The previous behavior of bursting out all retry attempts of an SD Query
frame during a single search/listen iteration does not look very helpful
in the case where the peer does not ACK the query frame. Since the peer
was found in the search, but is not ACKing frames anymore, it is likely
that it left its listen state and we might as well do something more
useful to burst out a significant number of frames in hopes of seeing
the peer.

Modify the SD Query design during P2P Search to send out only a single
attempt (with likely multiple link-layer retries, if needed) per
search/listen iteration to each peer that has pending SD queries. Once
no more peers with pending queries remain, force another Listen and
Search phase to go through before continuing with the pending SD
queries.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-05 01:03:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4f6cd3f426 Fix wpa_supplicant AP mode P2P IE handling if P2P is disabled
If P2P support is included in wpa_supplicant build (CONFIG_P2P=y), but
P2P functionality is explicitly disabled (e.g., "P2P_SET disabled 1"),
couple of AP management frame processing steps did not check against
hapd->p2p_group being NULL and could end up dereferencing a NULL pointer
if a Probe Request frame or (Re)Association Request frame was received
with a P2P IE in it. Fix this by skipping these steps if hapd->p2p_group
is NULL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-01-01 17:12:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
92acb40a2b Fix wpa_supplicant build with CONFIG_L2_PACKET=pcap
Commit e6dd8196e5 ('Work around Linux
packet socket regression') forgot to add the l2_packet_init_bridge()
wrapper for l2_packet_pcap.c while updating all the other l2_packet
options. This resulted in wpa_supplicant build failing due to missing
l2_packet_init_bridge() function when using CONFIG_L2_PACKET=pcap in
wpa_supplicant/.config. Fix this by adding the wrapper function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-01-01 16:50:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6e379c6c16 WPS: Testing mechanism to force auth/encr type flags
The new wps_force_{auth,encr}_types parameters can be used in test build
(CONFIG_WPS_TESTING) to force wpa_supplicant to use the specified value
in the Authentication/Encryption Type flags attribute. This can be used
to test AP behavior on various error cases for which there are
workarounds to cover deployed device behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-01-01 13:42:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ea319127e4 WPS: Add a workaround for WPA2PSK missing from Enrollee auth flags
Some deployed implementations seem to advertise incorrect information in
this attribute. A value of 0x1b (WPA2 + WPA + WPAPSK + OPEN, but no
WPA2PSK) has been reported to be used. Add WPA2PSK to the list to avoid
issues with building Credentials that do not use the strongest actually
supported authentication option (that device does support WPA2PSK even
when it does not claim it here).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-01-01 13:42:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
db671e0aee WPS: Do not build Credential with unsupported encr combination on AP
It was possible for the Registrar code to generate a Credential with
auth type WPAPSK (i.e., WPA v1) with encr type AES if the Enrollee
claimed support for WPAPSK and not WPA2PSK while the AP was configured
in mixed mode WPAPSK+WPA2PSK regardless of how wpa_pairwise (vs.
rsn_pairwise) was set since encr type was selected from the union of
wpa_pairwise and rsn_pairwise. This could result in the Enrollee
receiving a Credential that it could then not use with the AP.

Fix this by masking the encryption types separately on AP based on the
wpa_pairwise/rsn_pairwise configuration. In the example case described
above, the Credential would get auth=WPAPSK encr=TKIP instead of
auth=WPAPSK encr=AES.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-01-01 13:42:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d7c3347f59 HS 2.0: Postpone WNM-Notification sending by 100 ms
This makes it somewhat easier for the station to be able to receive and
process the encrypted WNM-Notification frames that the AP previously
sentt immediately after receiving EAPOL-Key msg 4/4. While the station
is supposed to have the TK configured for receive before sending out
EAPOL-Key msg 4/4, not many actual implementations do that. As such,
there is a race condition in being able to configure the key at the
station and the AP sending out the first encrypted frame after EAPOL-Key
4/4. The extra 100 ms time here makes it more likely for the station to
have managed to configure the key in time.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-31 21:46:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
750f5d9964 EAP-FAST: Enable AES256-based TLS cipher suites with OpenSSL
This extends the list of TLS cipher suites enabled for EAP-FAST to
include AES256-based suites.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-31 20:52:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1ebb24bbfb OpenSSL: Share a single openssl_tls_prf() implementation
Add SSL_SESSION_get_master_key() compatibility wrapper for older OpenSSL
versions to be able to use the new openssl_tls_prf() implementation for
OpenSSL 1.1.0 with all supported versions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-31 20:10:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dea20519aa OpenSSL: Clean up function to fetch client/server random
SSL_get_client_random() and SSL_get_server_random() will be added in
OpenSSL 1.1.0. Provide compatibility wrappers for older versions to
simplify the tls_connection_get_random() implementation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-31 18:15:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9a42d859a2 OpenSSL: Drop support for OpenSSL 1.0.0
The OpenSSL project will not support version 1.0.0 anymore. As there
won't be even security fixes for this branch, it is not really safe to
continue using 1.0.0 and we might as well drop support for it to allow
cleaning up the conditional source code blocks.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-31 18:05:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
de213e84e0 OpenSSL: Drop support for OpenSSL 0.9.8
The OpenSSL project will not support version 0.9.8 anymore. As there
won't be even security fixes for this branch, it is not really safe to
continue using 0.9.8 and we might as well drop support for it to allow
cleaning up the conditional source code blocks.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-31 18:01:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e79eb0c660 P2P: Fix P2P_FIND while waiting for listen ROC to start in the driver
It was possible for the p2p->pending_listen_freq to be left indicating
that there is a pending ROC for a listen operation if a P2P_FIND command
was timed to arrive suitably between a previous Listen operation issuing
a ROC request and the kernel code starting that request. This could
result in the P2P state machine getting stuck unable to continue the
find ("P2P: p2p_listen command pending already").

Fix this by clearing p2p->pending_listen_freq when starting P2P_FIND
command execution.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-31 00:35:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
aa256cb399 P2PS: Add group SSID, if known, to the P2PS-PROV-DONE event
The new optional group_ssid=<hexdump> argument in the P2PS-PROV-DONE
event can be used to help in identifying the exact group if there have
been multiple groups with the same P2P Interface Address in short period
of time.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-30 18:59:03 +02:00
Dedy Lansky
071e3bf116 FST: Fix handling of Rx FST Setup Request when session already exists
When we receive FST Setup Request when session already exists, the
following validations take place:
1. we drop the frame if needed according to MAC comparison
2. we drop the frame if the session is "not pending", i.e., if FST
   Setup Response was already exchanged (sent or received).

There are two issues with the above:
1. MAC comparison is relevant only before the Setup Response exchange.
   In other words, Setup Request should not be dropped due to MAC
   comparison after Setup Response has been exchanged.
2. Receiving Setup Request after Setup Response exchange most likely
   means that FST state machine is out of sync with the peer. Dropping
   the Setup Request will not help solve this situation.

The fix is:
1. do MAC comparison only if session is "pending", i.e., Setup Response
   was not yet exchanged.
2. In case Setup Response was already exchanged, reset our session and
   handle the Setup Request as if it arrived when session doesn't exist.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-29 18:41:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
324ade51e1 TLS: Make tls_cert_chain_failure_event() more robust
Explicitly check for the failure event to include a certificate before
trying to build the event.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-28 18:31:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c6231b5e1e TLS: Remove storing of never-read value
While this could in theory be claimed to be ready for something to be
added to read a field following the server_write_IV, it does not look
likely that such a use case would show up. As such, just remove the
unused incrementing of pos at the end of the function to get rid of a
useless static analyzer complaint.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-28 18:15:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
15a68138c1 Remove unnecessary cleanup assignment in SHA1Final()
This makes some static analyzers complain about stored value never being
read. While it is good to clear some other temporary variables, this
local variable i has no security private information (it has a fixed
value of 20 here) and trying to clear it to 0 does not add any value.
Remove that part of the "wipe variables" to avoid one useless static
analyzer complaint.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-28 18:12:03 +02:00
Ilan Peer
ef3866ab01 nl80211: Don't call linux_iface_up() for a dedicated P2P Device
As a dedicated P2P Device interface does not have a network
interface associated with it, trying to call linux_iface_up()
on it would always fail so this call can be skipped for
such an interface.

Getting interface nlmode can be done only after bss->wdev_id is
set, so move this call to wpa_driver_nl80211_finish_drv_init(),
and do it only in case the nlmode != NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-12-28 17:21:08 +02:00
Bob Copeland
6c33eed3ee mesh: Fix PMKID to match the standard
IEEE Std 802.11-2012 11.3.5.4 specifies the PMKID for SAE-derived keys
as:

   L((commit-scalar + peer-commit-scalar) mod r, 0, 128)

This is already calculated in the SAE code when the PMK is derived, but
not saved anywhere. Later, when generating the PMKID for plink action
frames, the definition for PMKID from 11.6.1.3 is incorrectly used.
Correct this by saving the PMKID when the key is generated and use it
subsequently.

Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
2015-12-28 17:21:08 +02:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
d99097177a wpa_supplicant: Enable Automatic Channel Selection support for AP mode
Since hostapd supports ACS now, let's enable its support in
wpa_supplicant as well when starting AP mode.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
[u.oelmann@pengutronix.de: rebased series from hostap_2_1~944 to master]
[u.oelmann@pengutronix.de: adjusted added text in defconfig]
Signed-off-by: Ulrich Ölmann <u.oelmann@pengutronix.de>
2015-12-24 22:24:05 +02:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
96bc508684 Handle survey event properly in wpa_supplicant
Let's reuse hostapd code for such handling. This will be useful to get
ACS support into wpa_supplicant where this one needs to handle the
survey event so it fills in the result ACS subsystem will require.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
[u.oelmann@pengutronix.de: rebased series from hostap_2_1~944 to master]
Signed-off-by: Ulrich Ölmann <u.oelmann@pengutronix.de>
2015-12-24 21:35:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d39f796f43 EAP-TNC peer: Remove dead code related to fragmentation
The data->state == WAIT_FRAG_ACK case is already handling all cases
where data->out_buf could be non-NULL, so this additional check after
the WAIT_FRAG_ACK steps cannot be reached. Remove the duplicated dead
code.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-24 19:16:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
abbbaa4997 TNC: Print received IF-TNCCS message as debug ASCII hexdump
This makes it easier to see what TNCC is processing.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-24 18:33:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d745f02e0e EAP-TNC peer: Allow fragment_size to be configured
Previously, a fixed 1300 fragment_size was hardcoded. Now the EAP
profile parameter fragment_size can be used to override this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-24 14:19:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a67e7e533a RADIUS: Add EACCES to list of recognized send() errno values
This allows RADIUS failover to be performed if send() return EACCES
error which is what happens after a recent Linux kernel commit
0315e382704817b279e5693dca8ab9d89aa20b3f ('net: Fix behaviour of
unreachable, blackhole and prohibit') for a local sender when route type
is prohibit.

This fixes the hwsim test case radius_failover when running against a
kernel build that includes that commit.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-24 12:43:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5bd9be4d17 Fix RADIUS Called-Station-Id to not escape SSID
Commit 986de33d5c ('Convert remaining SSID
routines from char* to u8*') started using wpa_ssid_txt() to print out
the SSID for the Called-Station-Id attribute in RADIUS messages. This
was further modified by commit 6bc1f95613
('Use printf escaping in SSID-to-printable-string conversion') to use
printf escaping (though, even without this, wpa_ssid_txt() would have
masked characters).

This is not desired for Called-Station-Id attribute. While it is defined
as a "String", RFC 2865 indicates that "a robust implementation SHOULD
support the field as undistinguished octets.".

Copy the SSID as an array of arbitrary octets into Called-Station-Id to
avoid any kind of masking or escaping behavior. This goes a step further
from the initial implementation by allowing even the possible (but
unlikely in practical use cases) 0x00 octet in the middle of an SSID.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-24 12:15:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0764dd6849 TLS client: Multi-OCSP check to cover intermediate CAs
This extends multi-OCSP support to verify status for intermediate CAs in
the server certificate chain.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-24 00:54:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d6b536f7e5 Add ocsp=3 configuration parameter for multi-OCSP
ocsp=3 extends ocsp=2 by require all not-trusted certificates in the
server certificate chain to receive a good OCSP status. This requires
support for ocsp_multi (RFC 6961). This commit is only adding the
configuration value, but all the currently included TLS library wrappers
are rejecting this as unsupported for now.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-24 00:54:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
02683830b5 TLS: Move variable declaration to the beginning of the block
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-24 00:54:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b5677752b2 TLS client: OCSP stapling with ocsp_multi option (RFC 6961)
This adds a minimal support for using status_request_v2 extension and
ocsp_multi format (OCSPResponseList instead of OCSPResponse) for
CertificateStatus. This commit does not yet extend use of OCSP stapling
to validate the intermediate CA certificates.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-22 20:44:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8ea6a27003 TLS server: OCSP stapling with ocsp_multi option (RFC 6961)
This allows hostapd with the internal TLS server implementation to
support the extended OCSP stapling mechanism with multiple responses
(ocsp_stapling_response_multi).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-22 20:44:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5addb0df59 Server configuration for OCSP stapling with ocsp_multi (RFC 6961)
This adds a new hostapd configuration parameter
ocsp_stapling_response_multi that can be used similarly to the existing
ocsp_stapling_response, but for the purpose of providing multiple cached
OCSP responses. This commit adds only the configuration parameter, but
does not yet add support for this mechanism with any of the supported
TLS implementations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-22 19:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bca0872dd5 TLS server: OCSP stapling
This adds support for hostapd-as-authentication-server to be build with
the internal TLS implementation and OCSP stapling server side support.
This is more or less identical to the design used with OpenSSL, i.e.,
the cached response is read from the ocsp_stapling_response=<file> and
sent as a response if the client requests it during the TLS handshake.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-22 17:53:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9532bd2b44 GnuTLS: OCSP stapling on the server side
This adds support for hostapd-as-authentication-server to be build
against GnuTLS with OCSP stapling server side support. This is more or
less identical to the design used with OpenSSL, i.e., the cached
response is read from the ocsp_stapling_response=<file> and sent as a
response if the client requests it during the TLS handshake.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-22 16:47:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6241766709 Use wpa_msg() for the "RSN: PMKID mismatch" message
This message is sent at MSG_INFO level and it is supposed to go out even
even debug messages were to be removed from the build. As such, use
wpa_msg() instead of wpa_dbg() for it.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-22 11:22:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e161451fc8 EAP-EKE: Merge identical error return paths
There is no need to maintain multiple copies of the same error return
path.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-22 00:10:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
13cb0a66d5 EAP-EKE: Reject too long Prot() data when building a frame
This error case in own buffer lengths being too short was not handled
properly. While this should not really happen since the wpabuf
allocation is made large for the fixed cases that are currently
supported, better make eap_eke_prot() safer if this functionally ever
gets extended with a longer buffer need.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-22 00:10:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a587666cba GAS server: Replenish temporary STA entry timeout on comeback request
Previously, the five second timeout was added at the beginning of the
full GAS query and it was not replenished during fragmented exchanges.
This could result in timing out a query if it takes significant time to
go through the possibly multiple fragments and long comeback delay.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-20 19:43:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cb73008594 EAP-TTLS/PEAP/FAST: Reject unsupported Phase 2 method in configuration
Instead of using default list of methods, reject a configuration with an
unsupported EAP method at the time the main TLS method is being
initialized.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-20 17:32:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
18704f6cdc EAP-TLS: Merge common error paths
There is no need to keep these identical error paths separate.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-20 17:25:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4f5c86e7bd EAP-PEAP peer: Fix a memory leak on an error path
If memory allocation for adding SoH response fails, the SoH response was
not freed properly on the error path.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-20 17:25:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cd5895e8c5 WPA: Explicitly clear the buffer used for decrypting Key Data
When AES-WRAP was used to protect the EAPOL-Key Key Data field, this was
decrypted using a temporary heap buffer with aes_unwrap(). That buffer
was not explicitly cleared, so it was possible for the group keys to
remain in memory unnecessarily until the allocated area was reused.
Clean this up by clearing the temporary allocation explicitly before
freeing it.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-20 10:52:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4b90fcdb76 EAP-PEAP peer: Check SHA1 result when deriving Compond_MAC
This handles a mostly theoretical case where hmac_sha1_vector() might
fail for some reason.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-19 20:34:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6ca5838b01 EAP-PEAP server: Add support for fast-connect crypto binding
IPMK and CMK are derived from TK when using TLS session resumption with
PEAPv0 crypto binding. The EAP-PEAP peer implementation already
supported this, but the server side did not.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-19 20:22:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6560caf2ca EAP-PEAP peer: Remove unused return value and error path
eap_peap_parse_phase1() returned 0 unconditionally, so there was no need
for that return value or the code path that tried to address the error
case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-19 19:54:56 +02:00
Johannes Berg
0e92fb8fae rfkill: Match only the correct expected wiphy rfkill
On systems that have multiple WLAN rfkill instances, the rfkill code
can become confused into thinking that the device was unblocked when
in fact it wasn't, because it only matches on the WLAN type.

Since it then stores the new (unblocked) state from the wrong rfkill
instance, it will never retry the failing IFF_UP operation and the
user has to toggle rfkill again, or otherwise intervene manually, in
this case to get back to operational state.

Fix this by using the existing (but unused) ifname argument when the
rfkill instance is created to match to a specific rfkill index only.

As a P2P Device interface does not have a netdev interface associated
with it, use the name of a sibling interface to initialize the rfkill
context for the P2P Device interface. For nl80211, as the wiphy index
is known only after getting the driver capabilities from the kernel,
move the initialization of the rfkill object to
wpa_driver_nl80211_finish_drv_init().

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-12-18 22:26:18 +02:00
Ilan Peer
6da504a1f5 nl80211: Handle rfkill for P2P Device interface
The rfkill processing in nl80211 driver assumes that the
INTERFACE_ENABLED/DISABLED will be also issued, so does not do much in
the rfkill callbacks. However, as a P2P Device interface is not
associated with a network interface, these events are not issued for it.

Handle rfkill events for the P2P_DEVICE interface by faking the
INTERFACE_ENABLED/DISABLED.

Signed-off-by: Moshe Benji <Moshe.Benji@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-12-18 22:26:18 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
dabdef9e04 TDLS: Ignore incoming TDLS Setup Response retries
The Setup Response timer is relatively fast (500 ms) and there are
instances where it fires on the responder side after the initiator has
already sent out the TDLS Setup Confirm frame. Prevent the processing of
this stale TDLS Setup Response frame on the initiator side.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
2015-12-18 20:32:39 +02:00
Ayala Beker
819ad5b70b utils: Fix NULL pointer dereference with unexpected kernel behavior
Fix mostly theoretical NULL pointer dereference in
wpa_debug_open_linux_tracing() if /proc/mounts were to return a
malformed line.

Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
2015-12-18 00:24:52 +02:00
Pali Rohár
f24e48861d EAP-TTLS peer: Fix parsing auth= and autheap= phase2 params
This patch fixes an issue with an invalid phase2 parameter value
auth=MSCHAPv2 getting interpreted as auth=MSCHAP (v1) which could
degrade security (though, only within a protected TLS tunnel). Now when
invalid or unsupported auth= phase2 parameter combinations are
specified, EAP-TTLS initialization throws an error instead of silently
doing something.

More then one auth= phase2 type cannot be specified and also both auth= and
autheap= options cannot be specified.

Parsing phase2 type is case sensitive (as in other EAP parts), so phase2
parameter auth=MSCHAPv2 is invalid. Only auth=MSCHAPV2 is correct.

Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com>
[Use cstr_token() to get rid of unnecessary allocation; cleanup]
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-18 00:24:30 +02:00
Matt Woods
47c1de20a4 atheros: Unify memory processing functions
There are two types of memory processing functions in the file
atheros_driver.c, such as memory and os_memory. Unify the processing
functions into one type which has the prefix "os_".

Signed-off-by: Matt Woods <matt.woods@aliyun.com>
2015-12-17 23:29:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8ba8c01d0c TLS: Report OCSP rejection cases when no valid response if found
This adds a CTRL-EVENT-EAP-TLS-CERT-ERROR and CTRL-EVENT-EAP-STATUS
messages with 'bad certificate status response' for cases where no valid
OCSP response was received, but the network profile requires OCSP to be
used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-17 11:47:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f163ed8bae TLS: Process OCSP SingleResponse(s)
This completes OCSP stapling support on the TLS client side. Each
SingleResponse value is iterated until a response matching the server
certificate is found. The validity time of the SingleResponse is
verified and certStatus good/revoked is reported if all validation step
succeed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-17 11:28:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8e3271dcd1 TLS: Store DER encoded version of Subject DN for X.509 certificates
This is needed for OCSP issuerNameHash matching.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-17 11:28:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
32ce69092e TLS: Share digest OID checkers from X.509
These will be used by the OCSP implementation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-17 11:28:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b72a36718f TLS: Support longer X.509 serialNumber values
This extends the old support from 32 or 64 bit value to full 20 octets
maximum (RFC 5280, 4.1.2.2).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-17 01:41:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
af4eba16ce TLS: Parse and validate BasicOCSPResponse
This adds the next step in completing TLS client support for OCSP
stapling. The BasicOCSPResponse is parsed, a signing certificate is
found, and the signature is verified. The actual sequence of OCSP
responses (SignleResponse) is not yet processed in this commit.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-17 00:48:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
06f14421ea TLS: Parse OCSPResponse to extract BasicOCSPResponse
This adds the next step for OCSP stapling. The received OCSPResponse is
parsed to get the BasicOCSPResponse. This commit does not yet process
the BasicOCSPResponse.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-14 15:49:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d560288a44 TLS: Parse CertificateStatus message
This allows the internal TLS client implementation to accept
CertificateStatus message from the server when trying to use OCSP
stapling. The actual OCSPResponse is not yet processed in this commit,
but the CertificateStatus message is accepted to allow the TLS handshake
to continue.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-14 15:49:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
eeba168453 TLS: Add status_request ClientHello extension if OCSP is requested
This allows the internal TLS implementation to request server
certificate status using OCSP stapling. This commit is only adding code
to add the request. The response is not yet used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-14 15:49:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4303d531a8 TLS: Parse ServerHello extensions
This prints the received ServerHello extensions into the debug log and
allows handshake to continue even if such extensions are included.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-14 15:49:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6b7bb42923 TLS: Add minimal support for PKCS #12
This allows the internal TLS implementation to parse a private key and a
certificate from a PKCS #12 file protected with
pbeWithSHAAnd3-KeyTripleDES-CBC.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-14 15:49:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5ce2941bfe TLS: Extend PKCS #5 to support PKCS #12 style key decryption
This adds support for decrypting private keys protected with the old
PKCS #12 mechanism using OID pbeWithSHAAnd3-KeyTripleDES-CBC.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-14 15:49:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f6a62df8e1 TLS: Fix and complete ASN.1 tag list
One of the unused defines had incorrect value and couple of tags were
missing.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-13 22:12:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3c108b7573 EAP peer: External server certificate chain validation
This adds support for optional functionality to validate server
certificate chain in TLS-based EAP methods in an external program.
wpa_supplicant control interface is used to indicate when such
validation is needed and what the result of the external validation is.

This external validation can extend or replace the internal validation.
When ca_cert or ca_path parameter is set, the internal validation is
used. If these parameters are omitted, only the external validation is
used. It needs to be understood that leaving those parameters out will
disable most of the validation steps done with the TLS library and that
configuration is not really recommend.

By default, the external validation is not used. It can be enabled by
addingtls_ext_cert_check=1 into the network profile phase1 parameter.
When enabled, external validation is required through the CTRL-REQ/RSP
mechanism similarly to other EAP authentication parameters through the
control interface.

The request to perform external validation is indicated by the following
event:
CTRL-REQ-EXT_CERT_CHECK-<id>:External server certificate validation needed for SSID <ssid>

Before that event, the server certificate chain is provided with the
CTRL-EVENT-EAP-PEER-CERT events that include the cert=<hexdump>
parameter. depth=# indicates which certificate is in question (0 for the
server certificate, 1 for its issues, and so on).

The result of the external validation is provided with the following
command:
CTRL-RSP-EXT_CERT_CHECK-<id>:<good|bad>

It should be noted that this is currently enabled only for OpenSSL (and
BoringSSL/LibreSSL). Due to the constraints in the library API, the
validation result from external processing cannot be reported cleanly
with TLS alert. In other words, if the external validation reject the
server certificate chain, the pending TLS handshake is terminated
without sending more messages to the server.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-12 18:24:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b6e5e14fd4 EAP-FAST peer: Fix PAC parser error messages
Do not override the parsing error with the "PAC block not terminated
with END" message if the reason for the END line not yet being seen is
in failure to parse an earlier line.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-12 12:00:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5b904b3e42 EAP-FAST: Check T-PRF result in MSK/EMSK derivation
Pass the error return from sha1_t_prf() to callers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-12 11:20:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b1d8c5ce6a EAP-FAST peer: Fix error path handling for Session-Id
It was possible to hit a NULL pointer dereference if Session-Id
derivation failed due to a memory allocation failure.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-12 11:12:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
36478a16e6 OpenSSL: Support new API for HMAC/EVP_MD_CTX in OpenSSL 1.1.x-pre1
The EVP_MD_CTX and HMAC_CTX definitions are now hidden from applications
using OpenSSL. Fix compilation issues with OpenSSL 1.1.x-pre1 by using
the new API for allocating these structures.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-10 18:11:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9257610a6e FT: Fix FTIE generation for EAPOL-Key msg 3/4
This FTIE needs to be an exact copy of the one in (Re)Association
Response frame. Copy the stored element rather than building a new copy
that would not have the correct MIC value. This is needed to fix PTK
rekeying after FT protocol run.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-10 00:14:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e44bd28cd1 FT: Fix sm->assoc_resp_ftie storing on the AP side
The FTIE from (Re)Association Response frame was copied before
calculating the MIC. This resulted in incorrect value being used when
comparing the EAPOL-Key msg 2/4 value in case PTK rekeying was used
after FT protocol run. Fix this by storing the element after the MIC
field has been filled in.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-10 00:14:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
59e78c2408 FT: Fix FTIE generation for 4-way handshake after FT protocol run
wpa_insert_pmkid() did not support cases where the original RSN IE
included any PMKIDs. That case can happen when PTK rekeying through
4-way handshake is used after FT protocol run. Such a 4-way handshake
used to fail with wpa_supplicant being unable to build the EAPOL-Key msg
2/4.

Fix this by extending wpa_insert_pmkid() to support removal of the old
PMKIDs, if needed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-10 00:14:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b0ecbd3a4a AP: Use more readable version of management group cipher in error cases
This makes it easier to interpret AP side debug log for a case where a
station specifies in unsupported management group cipher.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-06 20:01:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
651c6a84af Add TEST_ASSOC_IE for WPA/RSN IE testing on AP side
The new wpa_supplicant control interface command "TEST_ASSOC_IE
<hexdump>" can now be used to override the WPA/RSN IE for Association
Request frame and following 4-way handshake to allow protocol testing of
AP side processing of WPA/RSN IE.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-06 19:33:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5c8acf7d96 EAP-IKEv2: Check HMAC SHA1/MD5 result
Make the IKEv2 helper functions return a possible error return from the
HMAC routines.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-05 21:49:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4db29e6a8a TLS: Add support for PKCS #5 v2.0 PBES2
This extends the internal TLS support for PKCS #5 v2.0 PBES2 private key
format with des-ede3-cbc encryption and PBKDF2 SHA-1.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-05 20:23:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8d27efa814 HTTP (curl): OCSP with BoringSSL
This adds experimental support for using OCSP with libcurl that is built
against BoringSSL. This needs small modifications to libcurl to allow
CURLOPT_SSL_VERIFYSTATUS to be used to call
SSL_enable_ocsp_stapling(connssl->handle) in ossl_connect_step1().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-04 20:08:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
213e158ca8 BoringSSL: Move OCSP implementation into a separate file
This makes it easier to share the OCSP implementation needed for
BoringSSL outside tls_openssl.c. For now, this is mainly for
http_curl.c.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-04 20:08:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f846211e3e BoringSSL: Support new SHA_CTX definition for EAP-SIM PRF
BoringSSL modified the struct sha_state_st (SHA_CTX) definition by
converting h0..h4 with h[5] array. This broke wpa_supplicant/hostapd
build with EAP-SIM enabled. BoringSSL restored the old version for
ANDROID builds, but only the new version is currently defined for
non-Android cases. For now, fix this by having matching selection in
fips_prf_openssl.c based on OPENSSL_IS_BORINGSSL and ANDROID defines.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-04 11:30:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b34c623c07 OpenSSL: Fix build with current OpenSSL master branch snapshot
OpenSSL 1.1.x will apparently go out with "SSLeay" renamed in the API to
"OpenSSL", which broke the build here for fetching the version of the
running OpenSSL library when wpa_supplicant/hostapd is built against the
current OpenSSL snapshot.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-03 23:53:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
759a8a3a99 nl80211: Cancel all pending TX frame cookies
These needs to be cancelled so that the kernel driver does not get left
with all old entries blocking other offchannel operations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-02 12:37:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9ea91cd67c EAP-EKE peer: Fix memory leak on error path
If DHComponent_P derivation fails (local crypto operation failure), the
message buffer was not freed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-01 00:20:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0e559dc5ad WPS: Support parallel UPnP WPS protocol runs
This allows multiple external registrars to execute a WPS protocol run
with a WPS AP over UPnP. Previously, hostapd supported only a single WPS
peer entry at a time and if multiple ERs tried to go through a WPS
protocol instance concurrently, only one such exchange could succeed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-11-30 16:57:11 +02:00
Avraham Stern
09ea4309b6 nl80211: Add support for multiple scan plans for scheduled scan
Add 'scan plans' to driver scan parameters for scheduled scan.
Each 'scan plan' specifies the number of iterations to run the scan
request and the interval between iterations. When a scan plan
finishes (i.e., it was run for the specified number of iterations),
the next scan plan is executed. The last scan plan will run
infinitely.

The maximum number of supported scan plans, the maximum number of
iterations for a single scan plan and the maximum scan interval
are advertised by the driver.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2015-11-30 14:03:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
88119880e0 TLS client: Fix session_resumed status after TLS session ticket use
conn->session_resumed was not set to 1 after successful use of a TLS
session ticket with EAP-FAST. This resulted in the wpa_supplicant STATUS
tls_session_reused showing incorrect value (0 instead of 1) when
EAP-FAST PAC was used. Fix this by setting conn->session_resumed = 1
when TLS handshake using the session ticket succeeds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-11-29 23:52:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7fff91ae51 Fix tls_connection_prf() regression with CONFIG_TLS=internal
Commit af851914f8 ('Make
tls_connection_get_keyblock_size() internal to tls_*.c') broke
tls_connection_prf() with the internal TLS implementation when using
skip_keyblock=1. In practice, this broke EAP-FAST. Fix this by deriving
the correct number of PRF bytes before skipping the keyblock.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-11-29 23:40:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1adf262144 TLS: Add support for extKeyUsage X.509v3 extension
If the server/client certificate includes the extKeyUsage extension,
verify that the listed key purposes include either the
anyExtendedKeyUsage wildcard or id-kp-serverAuth/id-kp-clientAuth,
respectively.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-11-29 21:53:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
07555778a7 Add TEST_FAIL() support for internal hash functions
md4_vector(), md5_vector(), sha1_vector(), and sha256_vector() already
supported TEST_FAIL() with the OpenSSL crypto implementation, but the
same test functionality is needed for the internal crypto implementation
as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-11-29 21:01:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4104267e81 Fix memory leak on NFC DH generation error path
It was possible for some NFC DH generation error paths to leak memory
since the old private/public key was not freed if an allocation failed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-11-29 20:53:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c5864dca5d TLS client: Add certificate chain validation failure callbacks
This adds more support for event_cb() calls for various server
certificate chain validation failures.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-11-29 20:32:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
896a97d712 TLS client: Add support for disabling TLS versions
The internal TLS client implementation in wpa_supplicant can now be used
with the phase2 parameters tls_disable_tlsv1_0=1, tls_disable_tlsv1_1=1,
and tls_disable_tlsv1_2=1 to disable the specified TLS version(s).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-11-29 20:03:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0cbc22b2eb TLS client: Use TLS_CONN_* flags
This makes it simpler to add support for new TLS_CONN_* flags without
having to add a new configuration function for each flag.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-11-29 19:48:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
20804fe844 TLS: Add support for tls_get_version()
This allows wpa_supplicant to return eap_tls_version STATUS information
when using the internal TLS client implementation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-11-29 19:41:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f2a6ad01a9 TLS client: Add support for server certificate probing
The internal TLS client implementation can now be used with
ca_cert="probe://" to probe the server certificate chain. This is also
adding the related CTRL-EVENT-EAP-TLS-CERT-ERROR and
CTRL-EVENT-EAP-PEER-CERT events.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-11-29 18:59:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b115eebe01 TLS: Add TLS v1.2 signature algorithm support for SHA384 and SHA512
This extends the internal TLS client implementation to support signature
algorithms SHA384 and SHA512 in addition to the previously supported
SHA256.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-11-29 18:21:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c0acec3934 crypto: Add CRYPTO_HASH_ALG_SHA384 and CRYPTO_HASH_ALG_SHA512
This extends the crypto_hash_*() API to support SHA384 and SHA512 when
built with CONFIG_TLS=internal.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-11-29 18:21:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0aed9156ef TLS client: Add signature_algorithms extension into ClientHello
Since we support only SHA256 (and not the default SHA1) with TLS v1.2,
the signature_algorithms extensions needs to be added into ClientHello.
This fixes interop issues with the current version of OpenSSL that uses
the default SHA1 hash if ClientHello does not specify allowed signature
algorithms.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-11-29 18:21:07 +02:00
Pali Rohár
9e8809a717 TLS client: Validate certificates with SHA384 and SHA512 hashes
This commit adds support for validating certificates with SHA384 and
SHA512 hashes. Those certificates are now very common so wpa_supplicant
needs support for them.

SHA384 and SHA512 hash functions are included in the previous commit.

Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com>
2015-11-29 18:21:05 +02:00
Pali Rohár
6bb6a9ce29 Add SHA384 and SHA512 implementations from LibTomCrypt library
These will be used with the internal TLS implementation to extend hash
algorithm support for new certificates and TLS v1.2.

Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com>
2015-11-29 18:19:32 +02:00
Pali Rohár
fdc1614264 TLS client: Add support for validating server certificate hash
This commit adds support for "hash://server/sha256/cert_hash_in_hex"
scheme in ca_cert property for the internal TLS implementation.

Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com>
2015-11-29 11:45:59 +02:00
Pali Rohár
3665776e4e TLS client: Do not verify CA certificates when ca_cert is not specified
In documentation is written: "If ca_cert and ca_path are not included,
server certificate will not be verified". This is the case when
wpa_supplicant is compiled with OpenSSL library, but when using the
internal TLS implementation and some certificates in CA chain are in
unsupported format (e.g., use SHA384 or SHA512 hash functions) then
verification fails even if ca_cert property is not specified.

This commit changes behavior so that certificate verification in
internal TLS implementation is really skipped when ca_cert is not
specified.

Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com>
2015-11-29 11:39:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
11c9ddb766 Add TEST_FAIL() condition to aes_128_cbc_encrypt/decrypt()
This enables more error path testing.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-11-28 20:46:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ea52a46e13 EAP-SIM peer: Fix memory leak on reauth error path
If init_for_reauth fails, the EAP-SIM peer state was not freed properly.
Use eap_sim_deinit() to make sure all allocations get freed. This could
be hit only if no random data could be derived for NONCE_MT.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-11-28 20:46:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1a33c94ccc EAP-SAKE: Fix a typo in attribute parser debug print
Parsing AT_MSK_LIFE ended up writing a debug log entry with incorrect
attribute name (AT_IV).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-11-28 12:25:42 +02:00
Rajkumar Manoharan
3c417499e7 hostapd: Add Transmit Power Envelope IE when VHT is enabled
Add Transmit Power Envelope element defined in IEEE P802.11-REVmc/D4.3,
8.4.2.161.

Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
2015-11-26 20:40:24 +02:00
Kanchanapally, Vidyullatha
4f30addb38 nl80211: Add support for aborting an ongoing scan
This adds the driver interface commands for issuing a request to abort
an ongoing scan operation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-11-26 19:44:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5ef0b84355 Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2015-11-26.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-11-26 19:42:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1d6955e668 nl80211: Fix SIGNAL_POLL in IBSS and mesh
NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION does not work with the IBSS/mesh BSSID, so clear
the signal strength instead of returning failure when SIGNAL_POLL is
used in an IBSS/mesh.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-11-26 17:57:07 +02:00
Ahmad Kholaif
c27f4c9006 P2P: Add support for VHT 80+80 MHz and 160 MHz
The new max_oper_chwidth and freq2 arguments to P2P_CONNECT, P2P_INVITE,
and P2P_GROUP_ADD control interface commands can be used to request
larger VHT operating channel bandwidth to be used than the previously
used maximum 80 MHz.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-11-25 19:01:20 +02:00
Ahmad Kholaif
bee5d8e067 nl80211: Add VHT 160 MHz channel flags
This extends the previous design that covered only the VHT 80 MHz cases
for VHT channel flags. New functions are introduced to allow 160 MHz
bandwidth cases to determine the center channel and check availability
of a 160 MHz channel.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-11-25 19:01:14 +02:00
Ahmad Kholaif
5e1da9c8fd P2P: Define operating classes for VHT 80+80 and 160
This adds definitions for the global operating classes 129 and 130 for
VHT 80+80 MHz and 160 MHz use cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-11-25 19:01:10 +02:00
Anton Nayshtut
b47d05aa45 FST: Make FST peer connection check more permissive in hostapd
Modify the FST peer connection check so it won't skip peers without MB
IEs making it more permissive for peers that didn't provide MB IEs
during association request. This can be helpful, e.g., in cases where a
STA's interface connected before it was added to the FST group. This
allows the AP to receive FST Action frames and initiate session with a
STA via STA's interface that doesn't expose MB IEs.

The adjusted FST protocol is still safe, as it protects itself in many
other ways (checking band info and it's accordance to the interfaces,
Setup IDs, connection states of the interfaces involved, etc.)
effectively avoiding all types of invalid situations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-11-25 17:30:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1fff13a9cb tests: Move EAP-SIM PRF module test into the hwsim framework
The old wpa_supplicant/Makefile target test-eap_sim_common did not work
anymore and anyway, this test is better placed in the newer hwsim
framework to make sure the test case gets executed automatically.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-11-24 00:00:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9e68742ef1 Fix CONFIG_NO_WPA=y build
Number of places were calling functions that are not included in
CONFIG_NO_WPA=y build anymore. Comment out such calls. In addition, pull
in SHA1 and MD5 for config_internal.c, if needed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-11-23 23:34:52 +02:00
Anton Nayshtut
f231b3d816 FST: Fix STA MB IEs creation
FST STA should always expose its MB IEs regardless of its connection
state and whether the connected AP is currently FST-enabled or not.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-11-23 20:36:12 +02:00
Somdas Bandyopadhyay
83702b6088 Android: Give user the option for selecting browser for HS 2.0 OSU
When built with browser-android.c, hs20-osu-client used to always launch
the native/stock Android browser for OSU user interaction. This browser
is not present in all devices. It is better to give the option to the
user to select his/her browser.

Here the user will be shown a pop up to select the browser that he/she
wants.

Signed-off-by: Somdas Bandyopadhyay <somdas.bandyopadhyay@intel.com>
2015-11-22 21:06:17 +02:00
Avraham Stern
d8a3b66d7f driver: Make setting up AP optional when creating AP interface
When an AP interface it created, it is also setup and subscribes
for management frames etc. However, when the interface is added by
wpa_supplicant, setting up for AP operations is redundant because
it will be done by wpa_supplicant on wpa_drv_init() when setting
the interface mode to AP.

In addition, it may cause wpa_supplicant to fail initializing the
interface as it will try to subscribe for management frames on this
interface but the interface is already registered.

Change this, so when adding an AP interface, make setting up the AP
optional, and use it only when the interface is added by hostapd but not
when it is added by wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2015-11-22 17:42:59 +02:00
Marek Behún
36e820605f Check for LIBRESSL_VERSION_NUMBER in tls_openssl.c
LibreSSL does not yet support the new API, so do not use it
when LIBRESSL_VERSION_NUMBER macro is defined.

Signed-off-by: Marek Behun <kabel@blackhole.sk>
2015-11-22 12:00:53 +02:00
Alexander Bondar
6bdc43c4db AP: Avoid 20/40 MHz co-ex scan if PRI/SEC switch is not allowed
When an AP is started on the 5.2 GHz band with 40 MHz bandwidth, a
scan is issued in order to handle 20/40 MHz coexistence. However,
the scan is issued even if iface->conf->no_pri_sec_switch is set,
which is redundant.

Fix this by checking iface->conf->no_pri_sec_switch before starting
the scan.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
2015-11-21 18:42:53 +02:00
Ayala Beker
757785dab2 nl80211: Clear ignore_next_local_deauth flag
The de-authentication flow in wpa_driver_nl80211_deauthenticate() can
result in a locally generated de-authentication event. To avoid getting
this extra event ignore_next_local_deauth flag is set, and should be
cleared when the next local deauth event is received. However, it is not
cleared when the event shows up after the wpa_supplicant has started a
connection with a new AP, and as a result it might ignore future
deauth event from the driver.

Fix this by clearing the flag if the event is locally generated.

Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
2015-11-21 18:00:33 +02:00
Sara Sharon
cb2a926df8 nl80211: Clear ignore_next_local_deauth and ignore_deauth_event
The authentication flow in wpa_driver_nl80211_authenticate() can
result  in a locally generated de-authentication, in which both
next_local_deauth and ignore_next_local_deauth are set.

However, in mlme_event_deauth_disassoc(), when ignore_deauth_event is
set, the flag is cleared, but the flow immediately returns leaving
ignore_next_local_deauth set, which can result in ignoring future deauth
event from the driver, leaving the wpa_supplicant in an inconsistent
state.

Fix this by clearing both flags in case that next_local_deauth is set.

Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
2015-11-21 18:00:33 +02:00
Ravi Joshi
f32227ed9e Add QCA vendor attribute and event to indicate subnet change status
This allows offloaded roaming to inform user space of the change in IP
subnet post roaming. The device may have roamed to a network which is in
a different subnet which will result in IP connectivity loss. Indicating
the change in subnet enables the user space to refresh the IP address or
to perform IP subnet validation if unknown status is indicated.

The driver indication is reported with a new event from wpa_supplicant
in the following format:
CTRL-EVENT-SUBNET-STATUS-UPDATE status=<0/1/2>
where
0 = unknown
1 = IP subnet unchanged (can continue to use the old IP address)
2 = IP subnet changed (need to get a new IP address)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-11-20 11:03:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
25eb7fcbb4 Fix EAPOL reauth after FT protocol or offloaded PMKSA cache use
The EAP peer state machine moved from IDLE to FAILURE state when the
EAPOL Authenticator triggered reauthentication with an
EAP-Request/Identity in a case where the associated started with FT
protocol or offloaded PMKSA cache use (4-way handshake using a
previously acquired PMK). This happened due to the altSuccess=TRUE
setting being left behind and not cleared when processing the restart of
authentication. Fix this by clearing altAccept and eapSuccess when going
through SUPP_PAE RESTART state.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-11-19 21:16:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f68d491b0a FT auth: Fix EAPOL reauthentication after FT protocol run
The EAPOL AUTH_PAE state machine was left in incomplete state at the
completion of FT protocol. Set portValid = TRUE to allow the state
machine to proceed from AUTHENTICATING to AUTHENTICATED state, so that a
new EAPOL reauthentication can be triggered.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-11-19 21:16:06 +02:00
Peng Xu
9a8d9f7c62 Assign QCA vendor command and attribute for Tx power reduction in dB
Assign nl80211 vendor command
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SET_TXPOWER_DECR_DB and corresponding
attributes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-11-19 11:34:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
747ba1067d nl80211: Do not return incomplete hw capability info
If a memory allocation fails while parsing driver capabilities, drop all
mode/channel/rate information instead of returning possibly partial
information.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-11-17 19:50:34 +02:00
Anton Nayshtut
0603bcb7fe hostapd: Process MAC ACLs on a station association event (SME in driver)
Now hostapd will use station MAC-based permissions according to the
macaddr_acl policy also for drivers which use AP SME offload, but do not
support NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL for offloading MAC ACL processing. It
should be noted that in this type of case the association goes through
and the station gets disconnected immediately after that.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-11-17 12:38:32 +02:00
Amarnath Hullur Subramanyam
89a11ad38f RSN: Remove check for proactive_key_caching while setting PMK offload
wpa_sm_key_mgmt_set_pmk() was checking for proactive_key_caching to be
enabled before setting the PMK to the driver. This check is not required
and would mandate configuration setting of okc or proactive_key_caching
for cases which were not necessary.

Signed-off-by: Amarnath Hullur Subramanyam <amarnath@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-11-16 19:05:01 +02:00
Ravi Joshi
d381963385 Extend QCA roam event with subnet change indication
The new attribute can be used with
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_KEY_MGMT_ROAM_AUTH to indicate whether the IP
subnet was detected to have changed when processing offloaded roam/key
management.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-11-16 19:00:35 +02:00
Ben Greear
68ac584a49 nl80211: Add debug message for passive scanning
This is more obvious than looking for the lack of 'Scan SSID' messages.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2015-11-15 19:20:35 +02:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
a3dff7dc0c P2P: Fix a typo in debug message
Signed-off-by: Dilshad Ahmad <dilshad.a@samsung.com>
2015-11-15 18:55:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
95577884ca EAP-pwd peer: Fix error path for unexpected Confirm message
If the Confirm message is received from the server before the Identity
exchange has been completed, the group has not yet been determined and
data->grp is NULL. The error path in eap_pwd_perform_confirm_exchange()
did not take this corner case into account and could end up
dereferencing a NULL pointer and terminating the process if invalid
message sequence is received. (CVE-2015-5316)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-11-10 18:40:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bef802ece0 EAP-pwd server: Fix last fragment length validation
All but the last fragment had their length checked against the remaining
room in the reassembly buffer. This allowed a suitably constructed last
fragment frame to try to add extra data that would go beyond the buffer.
The length validation code in wpabuf_put_data() prevents an actual
buffer write overflow from occurring, but this results in process
termination. (CVE-2015-5314)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-11-10 18:40:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8057821706 EAP-pwd peer: Fix last fragment length validation
All but the last fragment had their length checked against the remaining
room in the reassembly buffer. This allowed a suitably constructed last
fragment frame to try to add extra data that would go beyond the buffer.
The length validation code in wpabuf_put_data() prevents an actual
buffer write overflow from occurring, but this results in process
termination. (CVE-2015-5315)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-11-10 18:40:54 +02:00
Somdas Bandyopadhyay
fcdb35928c Use "STATUS-NO_EVENTS" instead of "STATUS" in get_wpa_status function
Using "STATUS" command triggers CTRL-EVENT-STATE-CHANGE and
CTRL-EVENT-CONNECTED (if connected to some AP) events. These events
cause problems in Android WifiStateMachine in Marshmallow. Due to these
events WifiStateMachine sometimes disconnects the OSU SSID connection,
while hs20-osu-client waits for IP address.

Signed-off-by: Somdas Bandyopadhyay <somdas.bandyopadhyay@intel.com>
2015-11-01 21:05:10 +02:00
Max Stepanov
73ed03f333 wpa_supplicant: Add GTK RSC relaxation workaround
Some APs may send RSC octets in EAPOL-Key message 3 of 4-Way Handshake
or in EAPOL-Key message 1 of Group Key Handshake in the opposite byte
order (or by some other corrupted way). Thus, after a successful
EAPOL-Key exchange the TSC values of received multicast packets, such as
DHCP, don't match the RSC one and as a result these packets are dropped
on replay attack TSC verification. An example of such AP is Sapido
RB-1732.

Work around this by setting RSC octets to 0 on GTK installation if the
AP RSC value is identified as a potentially having the byte order issue.
This may open a short window during which older (but valid)
group-addressed frames could be replayed. However, the local receive
counter will be updated on the first received group-addressed frame and
the workaround is enabled only if the common invalid cases are detected,
so this workaround is acceptable as not decreasing security
significantly. The wpa_rsc_relaxation global configuration property
allows the GTK RSC workaround to be disabled if it's not needed.

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
2015-11-01 21:00:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d129b02247 EAP-pwd: Add support for Brainpool Elliptic Curves
This allows the IKE groups 27-30 (RFC 6932) to be used with OpenSSL
1.0.2 and newer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-11-01 11:29:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
17b7032891 EAP peer: Clear ignore flag in INITIALIZE state
While this is not part of RFC 4137, the way m.check(eapReqData) is
implemented in wpa_supplicant allows an EAP method to not update the
ignore value even though each such call is really supposed to get a new
response. It seems to be possible to hit a sequence where a previous EAP
authentication attempt terminates with sm->ignore set from the last
m.check() call and the following EAP authentication attempt could fail
to go through the expected code path if it does not clear the ignore
flag. This is likely only hit in some error cases, though. The hwsim
test cases could trigger this with the following sequence:
eap_proto_ikev2 ap_wps_m1_oom

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-31 21:56:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2e38079531 TLS: Fix memory leak with multiple TLS server instances
When using CONFIG_TLS=internal and starting hostapd with multiple
configuration files that each initialize TLS server, the server
certificate and related data was not freed for all the interfaces on
exit path. Fix this by freeing the credential data that is stored
separately for each call to tls_init().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-31 18:15:22 +02:00
Frederic Leroy
7b0f5500b0 eap_sim_db: Implement eap_sim_db_expire_pending()
Expire pending DB request for EAP-SIM/AKA/AKA'. Timeout defaults to 1
second and is user configurable in hostapd.conf (eap_sim_db_timeout).

Signed-off-by: Frederic Leroy <frederic.leroy@b-com.com>
2015-10-31 16:28:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
45c3e72952 Add frequency to operating class determination for 5 GHz 100..140
This extends ieee80211_freq_to_channel_ext() with knowledge of the
operating classes for the 5 GHz channels 100..140.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-10-30 11:45:50 +02:00
Avichal Agarwal
c93b7e1888 RSN: Check result of EAPOL-Key frame send request
Provide information on whether EAPOL-Key frame was sent successfully to
kernel for transmittion. wpa_eapol_key_send() will return
>= 0 on success and < 0 on failure. After receiving EAPOL-Key msg 3/4,
wpa_supplicant sends EAPOL-Key msg 4/4 and shows CTRL-EVENT-CONNECTED
only after verifying that the msg 4/4 was sent to kernel for
transmission successfully.

Signed-off-by: Avichal Agarwal <avichal.a@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyeong-Chae Lim <kcya.lim@samsung.com>
2015-10-28 22:42:16 +02:00
Srinivasa Duvvuri
053693d266 hostapd: Add feature to start all interfaces at the same time in sync
When multiple interfaces across mutiple radios are started using a
single instance of hostapd, they all come up at different times
depending upon how long the ACS and HT scan take on each radio. This
will result in stations (that already have the AP profile) associating
with the first interfaces that comes up. For example in a dual band
radio case (2G and 5G) with ACS enabled, 2G always comes up first
because the ACS scan takes less time on 2G and this results in all
stations associating with the 2G interface first.

This feature brings up all the interfaces at the same time. The list of
interfaces specified via hostapd.conf files on the command line are all
marked as sync interfaces. All the interfaces are synchronized in
hostapd_setup_interface_complete().

This feature is turned on with '-S' commmand line option.

Signed-off-by: Srinivasa Duvvuri <sduvvuri@chromium.org>
2015-10-28 19:47:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9578413455 Reserve QCA vendor specific nl80211 commands 110..114
These are reserved for QCA use.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-10-27 00:10:29 +02:00
Peng Xu
5d4c508969 Assign QCA commands and attributes for Tx power scaling and OTA testing
Assign nl80211vendor commands QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_OTA_TEST and
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SET_TXPOWER_SCALE as well as corresponding
attributes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-10-27 00:07:15 +02:00
Hu Wang
5d1d69a10f P2P: Filter control chars in group client device name similarly to peer
P2P device discovery can add peer entries based on a message directly
from a peer and from a Probe Response frame from a GO for all the P2P
Clients in the group. The former case for filtering out control
characters from the device name while the latter was not. Make this
consistent and filter both cases in the same way to avoid confusing
external programs using the device name of a P2P peer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-10-26 23:43:45 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
f67d1a0099 TDLS: Do not send error case of TPK M3 if TX fails
There is no point in sending TPK M3 (TDLS Setup Confirm) with a failure
status if the first transmission attempt fails. Instead, just return a
failure by disabling the link rather than retransmitting the TPK M3
frame with an error status.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-10-26 22:54:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8f3ea3175f tests: Fix build without CONFIG_ERP=y
hmac_sha256_kdf() got pulled in only if CONFIG_ERP=y is set. Fix
test_sha256() by making the test case conditional on the function being
present.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-26 00:42:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d8fd633ebb Do not write ERROR level log entries if debug file is not used
wpa_debug_reopen_file() used to write an error message at MSG_ERROR
level if it was called with last_path == NULL (the last debug log file
path not known). This is not a fatal error, but a normal case if
wpa_debug_open_file() has not been used. Remove the error message and
return success in such case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-25 20:45:02 +02:00
Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan
67deaa582d l2_packet: Add build option to disable Linux packet socket workaround
Linux packet socket workaround(*) has an impact in performance when the
workaround socket needs to be kept open to receive EAPOL frames. While
this is normally avoided with a kernel that has the issue addressed by
closing the workaround packet socket when detecting a frame through the
main socket, it is possible for that mechanism to not be sufficient,
e.g., when an open network connection (no EAPOL frames) is used.

Add a build option (CONFIG_NO_LINUX_PACKET_SOCKET_WAR=y) to disable the
workaround. This build option is disabled by default and can be enabled
explicitly on distributions which have an older kernel or a fix for the
kernel regression.

Also remove the unused variable num_rx.

(*) Linux kernel commit 576eb62598f10c8c7fd75703fe89010cdcfff596
('bridge: respect RFC2863 operational state') from 2012 introduced a
regression for using wpa_supplicant with EAPOL frames and a station
interface in a bridge.

Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
2015-10-25 19:56:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ceb19ff7a6 privsep: Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-25 19:37:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
45a283e6d0 wext: Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-25 19:37:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
336869f05a nl80211: Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-25 15:35:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
78c8ee488f ndis: Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-25 15:35:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d717126aa2 hostap: Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-25 15:35:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d034f498ce atheros: Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-25 15:35:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
40762fcede PCSC: Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-25 15:35:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
80c620dbd7 SAE: Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-25 15:34:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f88bcad015 GAS server: Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-25 15:34:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1e72ba2e61 RSN auth: Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-25 15:34:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a5a2f252cb AP: Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic in IE parsing
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-25 15:34:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
de7fe64df5 RADIUS: Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-25 15:34:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d2eb91e08f TLS: Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-25 15:34:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2461724c05 RSN: Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-25 15:34:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3991cb7b3c EAP-IKEv2 peer: Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-24 21:43:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0421d47e34 EAP-IKEv2 server: Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-24 21:43:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
72bb05a033 EAP-FAST peer: Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-24 21:43:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ed5e3a5888 EAP-FAST server: Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-24 21:43:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b6f961ab25 Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic in IE parsing
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-24 21:43:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7b5880fcf4 FT: Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-24 21:43:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d6ee858c3b P2P: Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-24 21:43:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
625745c297 WPS: Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-18 11:37:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cc4f3d6ea7 tests: Add TEST_FAIL() condition to omac1_aes_vector()
This enables more error path testing.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-17 20:40:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0504d2da12 EAP-GPSK: Check HMAC-SHA256 result in GKDF and MIC
hmac_sha256() and hmac_sha256_vector() return a result code now, so use
that return value to terminate HMAC-SHA256-based GKDF/MIC similarly to
what was already done with the CMAC-based GKDF/MIC.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-17 20:40:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1166b20c95 Add Framed-IP-Address to Accounting-Request if STA address is known
The recently added ProxyARP support (proxy_arp=1) in hostapd allows a
STA IPv4 address to be learned from DHCP or ARP messages. If that
information is available, add it to Account-Request messages in
Framed-IP-Address attribute.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-17 19:53:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9b7a1bd7ed Option to reduce Probe Response frame responses during max STA
The new hostapd configuration parameter no_probe_resp_if_max_sta=1 can
be used to request hostapd not to reply to broadcast Probe Request
frames from unassociated STA if there is no room for additional stations
(max_num_sta). This can be used to discourage a STA from trying to
associate with this AP if the association would be rejected due to
maximum STA limit.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-17 19:30:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ca33a5e895 Add "git describe" based version string postfix
If hostapd or wpa_supplicant is built from a git repository, add a
VERSION_STR postfix from the current git branch state. This is from "git
describe --dirty=+". VERSION_STR will thus look something like
"2.6-devel-hostap_2_5-132-g4363c0d+" for development builds from a
modified repository.

This behavior is enabled automatically if a build within git repository
is detected (based on ../.git existing). This can be disabled with
CONFIG_NO_GITVER=y in wpa_supplicant/.config and hostapd/.config.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-16 22:20:55 +03:00
Pradeep Reddy POTTETI
2bd5bdcd4b TDLS: On a TPK timeout, tear down the link before renewal by the initiator
On TPK lifetime expiration, tear down the direct link before renewing
the link in the case of TDLS initiator processing. The expired key
cannot be used anymore, so it is better to explicitly tear down the old
link first.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-10-16 11:35:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2b12b3602a P2P: Do not reply to GO Negotiation Request if peer is waiting for us
This improves robustness of GO Negotiation in special cases where GO
Negotiation Request frames from the peer may end up getting delivered
multiple times, e.g., due to interference and retransmitted frames not
getting properly filtered out in duplicate detection (which is something
that number of drivers do not implement for pre-associated state).

If we have already replied with GO Negotiation Response frame with
Status 1 (not yet ready), do not reply to another GO Negotiation Request
frame from the peer if we have already received authorization from the
user (P2P_CONNECT command) for group formation and have sent out our GO
Negotiation Request frame. This avoids a possible sequence where two
independent GO Negotiation instances could go through in parallel if the
MAC address based rule on avoiding duplicate negotiations is not able to
prevent the case. This can allow GO Negotiation to complete successfully
whereas the previous behavior would have likely resulted in a failure
with neither device sending a GO Negotiation Confirm frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-10-15 21:21:28 +03:00
Rui Paulo
22e8df3a98 Portability fixes for FreeBSD - os_fdatasync()
Use fsync() when fdatasync() and F_FULLSYNC isn't available.

Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@freebsd.org>
2015-10-15 16:14:30 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
e8dc205f17 nl80211: Disable 11b rates for P2P (additional cases)
Some drivers (like mac80211) do not accept changing the TX bitrate mask
before the network interface is up. Thus, calling
nl80211_disable_11b_rates() before the interface is up fails, and the
P2P network interface continues to use invalid bitrates.

To fix this call nl80211_disable_11b_rates() immediately after the
interface is brought up (and also after rfkill is unblocked).

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2015-10-14 23:57:53 +03:00
Josh Lehan
1d61a8efee Escape DEL char (ASCII 127 decimal) in SSIDs
While testing, I noticed that printf_encode() makes control characters
human-readable, with one exemption, the DEL character (ASCII 127).
Assuming this exemption was unintentional, make it appear as an escaped
\x7f instead of a literal DEL character in the output.

Signed-off-by: Josh Lehan <krellan@krellan.net>
2015-10-14 19:28:57 +03:00
Ashok Kumar Ponnaiah
d6afe03660 atheros: Fix hapd_deinit() handler with generic IEs set
atheros_set_opt_ie() needs to be called before freeing drv->wpa_ie to
avoid hitting double-free on the deinit path. Similarly,
drv->wps_beacon_ie and drv->wps_probe_resp_ie could have been used after
being freed. Fix these be moving the atheros_set_opt_ie() call in
atheros_deinit().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-10-14 18:43:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
712525b01e nl80211: Increase buffer size for reporting scan frequencies
It is possible for a driver to support sufficient number of channels to
hit the previous limit of 200 characters for the "nl80211: Scan included
frequencies:" debug message. Increase the maximum buffer length to 300
characters to allow more complete list of scanned frequencies to be
written into the debug log. This limit is more in line with the
MAX_REPORT_FREQS (50) limit.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-10-14 18:43:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
207976f053 Fix Suite B 192-bit AKM to use proper PMK length
In addition to the PTK length increasing, the length of the PMK was
increased (from 256 to 384 bits) for the 00-0f-ac:12 AKM. This part was
missing from the initial implementation and a fixed length (256-bit) PMK
was used for all AKMs.

Fix this by adding more complete support for variable length PMK and use
384 bits from MSK instead of 256 bits when using this AKM. This is not
backwards compatible with the earlier implementations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-10-14 18:43:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ae7d9fbd3d Remove unreachable PMKSA cache entry addition on Access-Accept
The previous implementation used an obsolete sm->eapol_key_crypt pointer
which was not set anywhere (i.e., was always NULL). In addition, the
condition of sm->eap_if->eapKeyAvailable was not valid here since this
is the case of MSK from an external authentication server and not the
internal EAP server. Consequently, the wpa_auth_pmksa_add() call here
was never used.

The PMKSA cache was still added, but it happened at the completion of
the 4-way handshake rather than at the completion of EAP authentication.
That later location looks better, so delete the unreachable code in
Access-Accept handling. In addition, remove the now complete unused
struct eapol_state_machine eapol_key_* variables.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-10-14 18:43:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1b822f52e6 hostapd: Fix WPA, IEEE 802.1X, and WPS deinit in cases where init fails
With driver wrappers that implement set_privacy(), set_generic_elem(),
set_ieee8021x(), or set_ap_wps_ie(), it was possible to hit a NULL
pointer dereference in error cases where interface setup failed and
the network configuration used WPA/WPA2, IEEE 802.1X, or WPS.

Fix this by skipping the driver operations in case the driver interface
is not initialized.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-10-14 18:42:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8fd1d6236d OpenSSL: Add TEST_FAIL() checks to allow error path testing
This makes it easier to test various error paths related to key
derivation and authentication steps.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-12 01:04:22 +03:00
Max Stepanov
da0e8db239 P2PS: Do not add unnecessary attributes to PD Response
Don't add unnecessary P2PS attributes to PD Response depending on the
type of exchange.

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
2015-10-11 21:42:03 +03:00
Max Stepanov
14a188559c P2PS: Do not add unnecessary follow-on PD Request attributes
Don't add unnecessary P2PS follow-on PD Request attributes when
the request status is not P2P_SC_SUCCESS_DEFERRED.

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
2015-10-11 21:42:03 +03:00
Max Stepanov
ecf56c7270 P2PS: Fix PD Request parameter handling
In P2PS PD Request processing in some error case scenarios, such as
verification of the WPS config method, the flow aborts before saving
mandatory P2PS PD Request attributes. This in turn causes the control
interface notification events to be sent with invalid parameters.

Fix this by changing the order of verification and processing steps of
the PD Request message handling.

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
2015-10-11 21:42:03 +03:00
Ilan Peer
8bb8e6edb8 P2PS: Indicate the chosen operating frequency
On successful P2P PD, report the chosen frequency in case the local
device is going to be the P2P GO, so in can later be used to instantiate
the new P2P GO, etc.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-10-11 21:42:03 +03:00
Ilan Peer
685b209828 P2PS: Process channels in PD Response
In case the P2PS PD Response includes the P2P Channel List attribute,
update the peer device supported channels and verify that the local
device has common channels with the peer (only a sanity check).

If the Operating Channel attribute is included in the response, check
that it is included in the intersection and store it as the peer's
operating frequency (so it could later be used in the join flow, etc.).

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-10-11 21:42:03 +03:00
Ilan Peer
23eef57018 P2PS: Process channels in PD Request
In case the P2PS PD Request includes the P2P Channel List attribute,
update the peer device supported channels and check if we have common
channels with the peer that can be used for the connection establishment
based on the connection capabilities:

1. In case of P2PS PD Request with no common channels, defer
   the flow unless auto accept equals true and the connection
   capabilities equals NEW (in which case the channels would be
   negotiated in the GO Negotiation).

2. In case of Follow up P2PS PD Request with no common channels,
   reject the request unless the connection capability is NEW.

In addition, in case of a successful P2PS PD, save the device
operating frequency (so it can be later used for join flow, etc.).

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-10-11 21:42:03 +03:00
Ilan Peer
ebd32943cb P2PS: Add channel policy to PD Request
Add operating channel selection and channel list processing similar to
that done when building GO Negotiation Request, i.e., consider the
currently used channels, configured channels, etc.

P2PS introduces a flow where a responder needs to provide channel data
without being previously aware of the current constraints, i.e., the
channels currently in use by other interfaces. To handle this, extend
the get_group_capability() callback to also handle channel selection
aspects of group capabilities.

In case there is an active P2P GO that is going to be used for the P2PS
PD, force its current operating frequency in the PD attributes.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-10-11 21:42:03 +03:00
Ilan Peer
4acd5ac67b P2P: Cleanup handling of unknown peer in PD Request processing
If a Provision Discovery Request is received for an unknown peer, a new
device entry is being added, but the flow continues without updating the
local p2p_device pointer, requiring to check the pointer value before
every access.

1. Change this, so once a device is added, the flow updates the local
   p2p_device pointer and avoids the checks later in the flow.
2. If the device is not known even after adding it, skip the processing,
   send the PD Response, and return.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-10-11 12:38:07 +03:00
Ilan Peer
572f1ead19 P2PS: Fix possible NULL pointer dereference in PD exchange
It is possible that p2p_build_prov_disc_resp() is called with a NULL
device entry, which might be dereferenced when calling
p2p->cfg->get_persistent_group() for the P2PS with persistent group
case. Fix this by checking the device pointer before accessing it.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-10-11 12:29:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cbb154973d OpenSSL: Make msg_callback debug prints easier to read
Write a text version of the content type and handshake type in debug log
to make it easier to follow TLS exchange.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-11 11:35:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
faf8f29379 OpenSSL: Recognize special write_p == 2 in msg_callback
OpenSSL could use this to identify crypto tracing values if built with
OPENSSL_SSL_TRACE_CRYPTO.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-11 11:14:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6f5b284b32 tests: Module test for hmac_sha256_kdf() maximum output length
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-10 18:57:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5a55c9b411 Fix MSCHAP UTF-8 to UCS-2 conversion check for three-byte encoding
The utf8_string_len comparison was off by one and ended up accepting a
truncated three-byte encoded UTF-8 character at the end of the string if
the octet was missing. Since the password string gets null terminated in
the configuration, this did not result in reading beyond the buffer, but
anyway, it is better to explicitly reject the string rather than try to
use an incorrectly encoded UTF-8 string as the password.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-10 18:38:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cc2994024d HTTP (curl): Fix compilation with BoringSSL
Define the sk_*_{num,value}() macros in BoringSSL style if BoringSSL is
used instead of OpenSSL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-10-10 00:06:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bdee6ca0e0 BoringSSL: Implement support for OCSP stapling
BoringSSL has removed the OpenSSL OCSP implementation (OCSP_*()
functions) and instead, provides only a minimal mechanism for include
the status request extension and fetching the response from the server.
As such, the previous OpenSSL-based implementation for OCSP stapling is
not usable with BoringSSL.

Add a new implementation that uses BoringSSL to request and fetch the
OCSP stapling response and then parse and validate this with the new
implementation within wpa_supplicant. While this may not have identical
behavior with the OpenSSL-based implementation, this should be a good
starting point for being able to use OCSP stapling with BoringSSL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-10-09 23:48:30 +03:00
Ilan Peer
e4f90a6a27 P2PS: Add validation for P2PS PD Request
Validate that all the required attributes appear in a P2PS PD Request,
and in addition, in the case of follow-on PD Request, check that the
given values match those of the original PD Request.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-10-07 17:07:22 +03:00
Ilan Peer
20324d47f9 P2PS: Reduce indentation in p2p_process_prov_disc_req()
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-10-07 17:07:21 +03:00
Max Stepanov
f94e4c20e4 P2PS: Send follow-on PD response only if status is 12
When a follow-on PD request is received, peer should not send a
follow-on PD response except the case when the PD request status value
is 12 (Success: accepted by user). Previously, the wpa_supplicant
implementation behaved differently sending the follow-on PD Response on
any follow-on PD Request.

Fix the issue by adding the following changes:

1. Don't send PD Response if the follow-on PD Request status is
   different than 12 (seeker side).
2. Don't wait for the follow-on PD Response if the follow-on PD
   Request was sent with the status different than 12 (advertiser
   side).
3. If the follow-on PD Request was sent with the status different
   than 12 use the follow-on PD Request ACK as PD completion event
   (advertiser side).
4. Notify ASP about the PD completion by sending P2PS-PROV-DONE with
   the PD Request status (advertiser side).

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
2015-10-07 17:07:21 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
a3de16768b P2P: Cancel extended listen on p2p_flush()
It is expected that p2p_flush() should stop any ongoing p2p operation.
However, this was not the case with extended listen which was not
cancelled on p2p_flush() flows. Fix this, by cancelling the extended
listen in p2p_flush().

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2015-10-07 17:07:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
695dbbea88 Interworking: Add support for configuring arbitrary ANQP-elements
The new hostapd configuration parameter anqp_elem can now be used to
configure arbitrary ANQP-elements for the GAS/ANQP server. In addition
to supporting new elements, this can be used to override previously
supported elements if some special values are needed (mainly for testing
purposes).

The parameter uses following format:
anqp_elem=<InfoID>:<hexdump of payload>

For example, AP Geospatial Location ANQP-element with unknown location:
anqp_elem=265:0000
and AP Civic Location ANQP-element with unknown location:
anqp_elem=266:000000

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-10-07 17:07:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3f21b311b2 Interworking: Define new ANQP-element Info IDs
This adds the full set on ANQP-elements based on IEEE P802.11REVmc/D4.2.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-10-07 17:07:21 +03:00
Adam Langley
aeeb0bca71 Android: Fix keystore-backed keys with BoringSSL
The switch to BoringSSL broke keystore-backed keys because
wpa_supplicant was using the dynamic ENGINE loading to load
the keystore module.
The ENGINE-like functionality in BoringSSL is much simpler
and this change should enable it.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2015-10-06 23:10:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dd9a42efbc Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2015-05-06.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-06 23:10:17 +03:00